Quarterlytics / Industrials / Railroads / Wabtec

Wabtec

wab · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker wab
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Railroads
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Wabtec
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
®

2018 Annual Report

Profile  

Wabtec Corporation is a leading global provider of equipment, systems, digital solutions and value-added services for freight and 
transit rail. Drawing on nearly four centuries of collective experience across Wabtec, GE Transportation and Faiveley Transport, the 
company has unmatched digital expertise, technological innovation, and world-class manufacturing and services, enabling the digital-
rail-and-transit ecosystems. Wabtec is focused on performance that drives progress, creating transportation solutions that move and 
improve the world. The freight portfolio features a comprehensive line of locomotives, software applications and a broad selection of 
mission-critical controls systems, including Positive Train Control (PTC). The transit portfolio provides highly engineered systems 
and services to virtually every major rail transit system around the world, supplying an integrated series of components for buses and 
all train-related market segments that deliver safety, efficiency and passenger comfort.   Along with its industry-leading portfolio of 
products and solutions for the rail and transit industries, Wabtec is a leader in mining, marine, and industrial solutions. Based in 
Wilmerding, PA, Wabtec has approximately 27,000 employees in facilities throughout the world. Visit:  www.WabtecCorp.com or 
www.wabtec.com  

This annual report contains forward-looking statements and includes assumptions about future market conditions, operations and 
results. These statements are based on current expectations and are subject to risks and uncertainties. They are made pursuant to safe 
harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The Form 10-K and our other filings made with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission lists the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking 
statements. In making these forward-looking statements, the company assumes no obligation to update them or advise of changes in 
the assumptions on which they were based.  

CORPORATE INFORMATION 
Transfer Agent and 
Registrar 
Our transfer agent is responsible for 
shareholder records, issuance of 
stock certificates, and distribution 
of dividends and I.R.S. form 1099. 
Your requests, as shareholders, 
concerning these matters are most 
efficiently answered by 
communicating directly with: 

EQ Shareowner Services 
P.O. Box 64854 
St Paul, MN 55164-0874 
Street and overnight  
delivery address: 
EQ Shareowner Services 
1110 Centre Point Curve,  
Suite 101 
Mendota Heights, 
MN 55120 
Toll-free number: 
(800) 468-9716 

Stock Exchange Listing 
New York Stock Exchange 
Ticker Symbol: WAB 
Independent Public 
Accountants 
Ernst & Young LLP 
Pittsburgh, PA 15222 

Form 10-K 
This document 
includes the company’s 
Form 10-K annual 
report. 

Annual Meeting 
May 17, 2019 
11:30 a.m. 
The Duquesne Club 
325 Sixth Avenue 
Pittsburgh, PA 15222 

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
Message to Shareholders 

This year Wabtec celebrates the 150th anniversary of the company’s founding. Throughout those 150 
years we have been a company that has continued to innovate – from George Westinghouse’s invention 
of the air brake that began our business to the deployment of Positive Train Control (PTC) equipment in 
recent years, we have consistently taken the lead to help transform the transportation industry. With 
the acquisition of GE Transportation early this year, we are poised to begin the next 150 years of 
innovation – while undergoing a transformation of our own as we integrate our two great companies.   

With the close of the merger, Wabtec became an S&P 500 company with leading positions in rail, 
equipment, software and services, and operations in more than 50 countries. Today, we are a stronger 
company, with exceptional opportunities for growth. The combination of Wabtec and GE 
Transportation’s uniquely complementary capabilities creates new opportunities to capitalize on 
emerging trends using advanced technologies and a more effective suite of products and expertise, to 
increase the safety, efficiency and productivity of our customers.  

We believe shareholders will benefit from the enhanced strength and diversity of our business. We also 
believe that we will be better positioned to perform through the business cycle, with expanded margins, 
expected double-digit EPS growth and total run rate synergies of about $250 million by 2022. And we 
welcome the GE Transportation management team, led by Rafael Santana, who now serves as president 
and CEO of Wabtec’s freight segment. 

During 2018, Wabtec and GE Transportation laid a solid foundation for future growth. Wabtec’s sales 
increased by 12 percent and its backlog ended the year at a near-record high of $4.5 billion, with a 
significant portion of the backlog representing transit projects around the world. GE Transportation, 
meanwhile, booked orders for more than 1,000 new locomotives and ended the year with a backlog of 
$19 billion.  

In 2019, we are focused on integrating the GE Transportation business and strengthening our balance 
sheet by reducing debt to maintain our investment grade credit rating.  We are also committed to 
executing our growth strategies: Product Innovation and New Technologies; Global and Market 
Expansion; Aftermarket Products and Services; and Acquisitions. 

Product Innovation and New Technologies 
Today, electronics/digital products and services represent 10% of our business, and we believe this 
portfolio has the potential to be the fastest-growing piece of our company. We are combining Wabtec’s 
PTC and signaling capabilities with GE Transportation’s digital solutions for a complementary and 
compelling product offering that can unlock significant productivity improvements, as well as billions in 
annual savings across freight rail for customers and operators. Through this platform, we will support 
our customers’ path to Precision Scheduled Railroading and advanced train automation. Additionally, 
these electronics/digital technology solutions will improve safety, efficiency and productivity for the 
transportation industry and help address the industry’s growing demand for rail performance. 

Global and Market Expansion 
Last year both Wabtec and GE Transportation continued to target global growth because the majority of 
the world’s locomotives, freight cars and transit cars operate outside of North America. At Wabtec last 
year, for example, international sales of $2.9 billion grew 13% – faster than total sales – and we saw 
growth in most major markets around the world in both freight and transit. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Aftermarket Products and Services 
Our current locomotive installed base is approximately 23,000, which provides long-term revenue 
streams for the company. Today, approximately 70% of our installed base are under long-term service 
contracts, which represents roughly two-thirds of GE Transportation’s backlog, and almost half of our 
installed base provides future opportunities for upgrade projects, given the age of the locomotives 
Meanwhile, for legacy Wabtec, aftermarket sales grew 14% last year to $2.5 billion. 

Acquisitions 
We will continue our successful strategy to look selectively for strategic acquisitions.  In recent years, 
acquisitions such as GE Transportation, Faiveley Transport and Fandstan have increased our technical 
capabilities, expanded our global reach and strengthened our aftermarket presence. 

In closing, we think Wabtec is better positioned than ever for continued growth and innovation, in both 
our freight and transit segments. We are a more diverse and global business with significantly enhanced 
electronic/digital technologies to address growing market demand. Our 27,000 global employees are 
committed to our vision to accelerate the future of transportation by building the safest, most reliable 
and sustainable freight, transit and logistics systems and services. We expect to leverage our scale and 
innovation to drive double-digit earnings growth and lead the transportation industry in unprecedented 
ways.  

We want to thank our board of directors for their guidance and you, our shareholders, for continuing to 
support our efforts to grow Wabtec successfully. Finally, thank you to all our employees worldwide. 
Without them, our success would not be possible.  

Albert J. Neupaver, Executive Chairman 
Raymond T. Betler, President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

OR

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from             to

Commission file number 033-90866
WESTINGHOUSE AIR BRAKE TECHNOLOGIES 
CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

25-1615902
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)

1001 Air Brake Avenue
Wilmerding, Pennsylvania 15148
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(412) 825-1000
(Registrant’s telephone number)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

     Title of Class    

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share

    Name of Exchange on which registered    
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 

    No  
.

    No  

.

Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to 
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  

    No  

.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data 

File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to submit and post such files)    Yes  

    No   

.

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be 

contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K 
or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    

.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting 

company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
(Check one):

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Emerging growth company

Smaller reporting company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying 

with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.    Yes  
The registrant estimates that as of June 30, 2018, the aggregate market value of the voting shares held by non-affiliates of the 

    No  

.

registrant was approximately $8.5 billion based on the closing price on the New York Stock Exchange for such stock.
As of February 20, 2019, 96,613,310 shares of Common Stock of the registrant were issued and outstanding.

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the registrant’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 17, 2019 are incorporated by 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

 
 
  
Page

3
11
18
19
20
20
21

23
24
25
44
44
44
44
45

46
46
46
46
46

47
103

Business
Risk Factors

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
Executive Officers of the Registrant

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 8.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information

PART III

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 15.
Item 16.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary

PART IV

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item  1.

BUSINESS

General

PART I

Westinghouse Air Brake Technologies Corporation, doing business as Wabtec Corporation, is a Delaware corporation 
with headquarters at 1001 Air Brake Avenue in Wilmerding, Pennsylvania. Our telephone number is 412-825-1000, and our 
website is located at www.wabtec.com. All references to “we”, “our”, “us”, the “Company” and “Wabtec” refer to Westinghouse 
Air Brake Technologies Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries. George Westinghouse founded the original Westinghouse 
Air Brake Co. in 1869 when he invented the air brake.  Westinghouse Air Brake Company (“WABCO”) was formed in 1990 
when it acquired certain assets and operations from American Standard, Inc., now known as Trane (“Trane”). The company 
went public on the New York Stock Exchange in 1995.  In 1999, WABCO merged with MotivePower Industries, Inc. and 
adopted the name Wabtec.

On May 20, 2018, the Company entered into a transaction that resulted in the merger of Wabtec and GE 

Transportation, a business unit of General Electric Company.  The merger of Wabtec and GE Transportation was completed on 
February 25, 2019.  To effect the transaction, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger 
Agreement”) with General Electric Company (“GE”), Transportation Systems Holdings Inc. (“SpinCo”), which was a newly 
formed wholly owned subsidiary of GE, and Wabtec US Rail Holdings, Inc. (“Merger Sub”), which is a newly formed wholly 
owned subsidiary of the Company.  In addition, on May 20, 2018, GE, SpinCo, the Company and Wabtec US Rail Holdings, 
Inc. (“Direct Sale Purchaser”), entered into the Separation, Distribution and Sale Agreement (the “Separation Agreement”).  
Together, the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement provided for the combination of the Company and GE’s 
realigned transportation business (“GE Transportation”).  GE Transportation (www.getransportation.com) is a global 
technology leader and supplier of locomotives, equipment, services and digital solutions to the rail, mining, marine, stationary 
power and drilling industries. GE Transportation employs approximately 9,000 employees worldwide and had 2018 sales of 
about $3.9 billion.  Wabtec expects the transactions to have the following strategic benefits:

• 

Increased Scale and Diversification of Wabtec’s Product Portfolio. As a result of the Transactions, Wabtec expects the 
combined business to be one of the world’s largest providers of technology-enabled equipment, systems and services 
for the locomotive, freight and passenger rail industries with approximately $8.0 billion in revenue and 25,000 
employees in 52 countries.

•  Complementary Digital Technologies. GE Transportation will contribute a comprehensive digital portfolio and leading 

engineering and technical intellectual property to Wabtec, providing electronics and digital technologies that position 
the combined company to meet growing demand for train intelligence and network optimization.

•  Enhanced Aftermarket and Services Opportunities. The combined entity will have an installed base of more than 
23,000 locomotives and content on virtually all North American locomotives and freight cars, which enables 
significant opportunities in the high-margin aftermarket parts and services business and mitigates the combined 
company’s exposure to cycles.

• 

• 

Significant Operating Synergies. The consummation of the transactions is expected to generate $250 million annual 
run-rate operating synergies, driven by cost and revenue opportunities, within four years after closing.

Improved Financial Profile. The consummation of the transactions will enhance Wabtec’s margins and revenue growth 
opportunities with strong free cash flow generation to enable strategic deleveraging through debt reduction and 
earnings growth. 

In 2017, Wabtec completed the acquisition of Faiveley Transport, S.A. (“Faiveley Transport”), a leading provider of 

value-added, integrated systems and services, primarily for the global transit rail market, for a purchase price of approximately 
$1.5 billion.  Based in France, Faiveley Transport has roots to 1919 and became a leader in manufacturing pantographs, 
automatic door mechanisms and air conditioning systems.  Faiveley Transport was listed on the Paris Stock Exchange in 1994 
and during the next 20 years acquired a number of rail industry leaders including Sab Wabco, a specialist in railway braking 
systems and couplers.  Wabtec believes that the acquisition of Faiveley Transport provided the following strategic benefits:

• 

Increased diversity of revenues by product, geography and market.  A majority of Faiveley Transport’s revenues are 
outside the U.S. and in the transit market, which helps to balance the cyclicality of our North American freight 
business. 

•  Broadened product line.  Faiveley Transport provides many products that we did not previously offer, including 

braking and door systems for high-speed trains and air conditioning systems.

•  Expanded international presence in the transit market.  A majority of Faiveley Transport’s revenues come from transit 

markets outside the U.S., where we previously did not have a strong presence.

3

 
• 

Increased technical and engineering expertise.  Faiveley Transport strengthens Wabtec's technical capabilities and 
product development efforts.

Today, we are one of the world’s largest providers of value-added, technology-based equipment, systems and services 

for the global passenger transit and freight rail industries. We believe we hold a leading market share for many of our core 
product lines globally.  Our highly engineered products, which are intended to enhance safety, improve productivity and reduce 
maintenance costs for customers, can be found on most locomotives, freight cars, passenger transit cars and buses around the 
world. In 2018, the Company had sales of approximately $4.4 billion and net income attributable to our shareholders of about 
$294.9 million. In 2018, sales of aftermarket parts and services represented about 57% of total sales, while sales to customers 
outside of the U.S. accounted for about 67% of total sales.

Industry Overview

The Company primarily serves the global passenger transit and freight rail industries. As such, our operating results are 

largely dependent on the level of activity, financial condition and capital spending plans of passenger transit agencies and 
freight railroads around the world, and transportation equipment manufacturers who serve those markets.  Many factors 
influence these industries, including general economic conditions; traffic volumes, as measured by freight carloadings and 
passenger ridership; government spending on public transportation; and investment in new technologies.  In general, trends 
such as increasing urbanization and growth in developing markets, a focus on sustainability and environmental awareness, 
increasing investment in technology solutions, an aging equipment fleet, and growth in global trade are expected to drive 
continued investment in passenger transit and freight rail.

According to the 2018 bi-annual edition of a market study by UNIFE, the Association of the European Rail Industry, the 

accessible global market for railway products and services was more than $100 billion and was expected to grow at a 
compounded annual growth rate of 2.6% through 2023. The three largest geographic markets, which represented about 80% of 
the total accessible market, were Europe, North America and Asia Pacific. UNIFE projected above-average growth rates in 
North America, Latin America and Africa/Middle East, with Asia Pacific and Europe growing at about the industry average.  
UNIFE said trends such as urbanization and increasing mobility, deregulation, investments in new technologies, energy and 
environmental issues, and increasing government support continue to drive investment. The largest product segments of the 
market were rolling stock, services and infrastructure, which represent almost 90% of the accessible market.  UNIFE projected 
spending on turnkey management projects and infrastructure to grow at above-average rates. UNIFE estimated that the global 
installed base of locomotives was about 114,000 units, with about 33% in Asia Pacific, about 26% in North America and about 
18% in Russia-CIS (Commonwealth of Independent States).  Wabtec estimates that about 2,500 new locomotives were 
delivered worldwide in 2018, and we expect deliveries of about 2,900 in 2019.  UNIFE estimated the global installed base of 
freight cars was about 5.1 million, with about 33% in North America, about 26% in Asia Pacific and about 24% in Russia-CIS.  
Wabtec estimates that about 175,000 new freight cars were delivered worldwide in 2018, and we expect deliveries of about 
174,000 in 2019.  UNIFE estimated the global installed base of passenger transit vehicles to be about 600,000 units, with about 
45% in Asia Pacific, about 33% in Europe and about 12% in Russia-CIS. Wabtec estimates that about 30,000 new passenger 
transit vehicles were ordered worldwide in 2018, and we expect orders of about the same number in 2019.

In Europe, the majority of the rail system serves the passenger transit market, which is expected to continue growing as 

energy and environmental factors encourage continued investment in public mass transit. According to UNIFE, France, 
Germany and the United Kingdom were the largest Western European transit markets, representing almost two-thirds of 
industry spending in the European Union. UNIFE projected the accessible Western European rail market to grow at about 2.3% 
annually, led by investments in new rolling stock in France and Germany.  About 75% of freight traffic in Europe is hauled by 
truck, while rail accounts for about 20%. The largest freight markets in Europe are Germany, Poland and the United Kingdom. 
In recent years, the European Commission has adopted a series of measures designed to increase the efficiency of the European 
rail network by standardizing operating rules and certification requirements.  UNIFE believes that adoption of these measures 
should have a positive effect on ridership and investment in public transportation over time.

In North America, railroads carry about 40% of intercity freight, as measured by ton-miles, which is more than any other 

mode of transportation. Through direct ownership and operating partnerships, U.S. railroads are part of an integrated network 
that includes railroads in Canada and Mexico, forming what is regarded as the world’s most-efficient and lowest-cost freight 
rail service. There are more than 500 railroads operating in North America, with the largest railroads, referred to as “Class I,” 
accounting for more than 90% of the industry’s revenues. The railroads carry a wide variety of commodities and goods, 
including coal, metals, minerals, chemicals, grain, and petroleum.  These commodities represent about 50% of total rail 
carloadings, with intermodal carloads accounting for the rest. Railroads operate in a competitive environment, especially with 
the trucking industry, and are always seeking ways to improve safety, cost and reliability. New technologies offered by Wabtec 
and others in the industry can provide some of these benefits. Demand for our freight related products and services in North 
America is driven by a number of factors, including rail traffic, and production of new locomotives and new freight cars.  In the 
U.S., the passenger transit industry is dependent largely on funding from federal, state and local governments, and from fare 

4

box revenues. Demand for North American passenger transit products is driven by a number of factors, including government 
funding, deliveries of new subway cars and buses, and ridership. The U.S. federal government provides money to local transit 
authorities, primarily to fund the purchase of new equipment and infrastructure for their transit systems. 

Growth in the Asia Pacific market has been driven mainly by the continued urbanization of China and India, and by 
investments in freight rail rolling stock and infrastructure in Australia to serve its mining and natural resources markets. India is 
making significant investments in rolling stock and infrastructure to modernize its rail system; for example, the country has 
awarded a 1,000-unit locomotive order to GE Transportation

Other key geographic markets include Russia-CIS and Africa-Middle East.  With about 1.2 million freight cars and 
about 20,000 locomotives, Russia-CIS is among the largest freight rail markets in the world, and it’s expected to invest in both 
freight and transit rolling stock. PRASA, the Passenger Rail Agency of South Africa, is expected to continue to invest in new 
transit cars and new locomotives.  According to UNIFE, emerging markets were expected to grow at above-average rates as 
global trade led to increased freight volumes and urbanization led to increased demand for efficient mass-transportation 
systems. As this growth occurs, Wabtec expects to have additional opportunities to provide products and services in these 
markets.

In its study, UNIFE also said it expected increased investment in digital tools for data and asset management, and in rail 

control technologies, both of which would improve efficiency in the global rail industry. UNIFE said data-driven asset 
management tools have the potential to reduce equipment maintenance costs and improve asset utilization, while rail control 
technologies have been focused on increasing track capacity, improving operational efficiency and ensuring safer railway 
traffic.  Wabtec offers products and services to help customers make ongoing investments in these initiatives.

Business Segments and Products

We provide our products and services through two principal business segments, the Transit Segment and the Freight 

Segment, both of which have different market characteristics and business drivers.  The acquisition of Faiveley Transport 
significantly strengthened our capabilities and presence in the worldwide transit market.

The Transit Segment primarily manufactures and services components for new and existing passenger transit vehicles, 
typically regional trains, high speed trains, subway cars, light-rail vehicles and buses; supplies rail control and infrastructure 
products including electronics, positive train control equipment, and signal design and engineering services; builds new 
commuter locomotives; and refurbishes passenger transit vehicles. Customers include public transit authorities and 
municipalities, leasing companies, and manufacturers of passenger transit vehicles and buses around the world. Demand in the 
transit market is primarily driven by general economic conditions, passenger ridership levels, government spending on public 
transportation, and investment in new rolling stock.  In 2018, the Transit Segment accounted for 64% of our total sales, with 
about 22% of its sales in the U.S. Approximately two-thirds of the Transit Segment’s sales are in the aftermarket with the 
remainder in the original equipment market.  The addition of Faiveley Transport’s key products strengthened Wabtec's presence 
in the following areas:  high-speed braking and door systems; heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems; pantographs 
and power collection; information systems; platform screen doors and gates; couplers; and aftermarket services, maintenance 
and spare parts.  Geographically, Faiveley Transport significantly strengthened Wabtec’s presence in the European and Asia 
Pacific transit markets. 

The Freight Segment primarily manufactures and services components for new and existing locomotives and freight 

cars; supplies rail control and infrastructure products including electronics, positive train control equipment, and signal design 
and engineering services; overhauls locomotives; and provides heat exchangers and cooling systems for rail and other industrial 
markets. Customers include large, publicly traded railroads, leasing companies, manufacturers of original equipment such as 
locomotives and freight cars, and utilities. Demand is primarily driven by general economic conditions and industrial activity; 
traffic volumes, as measured by freight carloadings; investment in new technologies; and deliveries of new locomotives and 
freight cars.  In 2018, the Freight Segment accounted for 36% of our total sales, with about 54% of its sales in the U.S. In 2018, 
slightly more than half of the Freight Segment’s sales were in the aftermarket.

Following is a summary of our leading product lines in both aftermarket and original equipment across both of our 

business segments in 2018:

Specialty Products & Electronics:

• 

Positive Train Control equipment and electronically controlled pneumatic braking products

•  Railway electronics, including event recorders, monitoring equipment and end of train devices

• 

• 

Signal design and engineering services

Freight car trucks and couplers

5

•  Draft gears, couplers and slack adjusters

•  Air compressors and dryers

•  Heat exchangers and cooling products for locomotives and power generation equipment

•  Track and switch products

Brake Products:

•  Railway braking equipment and related components for Freight and Transit applications, including high-speed 

passenger transit vehicles

• 

Friction products, including brake shoes, discs and pads

Remanufacturing, Overhaul and Build:

•  New commuter and switcher locomotives

•  Transit car and locomotive overhaul and refurbishment

Transit Products:

•  Heating, ventilation and air conditioning equipment

•  Doors for buses and subway cars

• 

• 

Platform screen doors

Pantographs

•  Window assemblies

•  Couplers

•  Accessibility lifts and ramps for buses and subway cars

•  Traction motors

We believe we have become a leader in the passenger transit and freight rail industries by capitalizing on the strength of 
our existing products, technological capabilities and new product innovations, and by our ability to harden products to protect 
them from severe conditions, including extreme temperatures and high-vibration environments. Supported by our technical 
staff of more than 2,500 engineers and specialists, we have extensive experience in a broad range of product lines, which 
enables us to provide comprehensive, systems-based solutions for our customers.

In recent years, we have introduced a number of significant new products, including Positive Train Control (“PTC”) 

equipment that encompasses onboard digital data and global positioning communication protocols. We are making additional 
investments in this technology which we believe will provide customers with opportunities to improve safety and efficiency, in 
part through data analytics solutions. Other new products include HVAC inverter integrated solutions, brake discs and brake 
controls, platform doors and gates, and door controllers. 

For additional information on our business segments, see Note 22 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” 

included in Part IV, Item 15 of this report.

Competitive Strengths

Our key strengths include:

• 

Leading market positions in core products. Dating back to 1869 and George Westinghouse’s invention of the air brake, 
we are an established leader in the development and manufacture of pneumatic braking equipment for freight and 
passenger transit vehicles.  Faiveley Transport, founded 100 years ago, has a long history and is a market leader for its 
core products, including pantographs, automatic door mechanisms and air conditioning systems.  We have leveraged 
our leading positions by focusing on research and engineering to expand beyond pneumatic braking components to 
supplying integrated parts and assemblies for the locomotive through the end of the train. We are a recognized leader in 
the development and production of electronic recording, measuring and communications systems, positive train control 
equipment, highly engineered compressors and heat exchangers for locomotives, and a leading manufacturer of freight 
car components, including electronic braking equipment, draft gears, trucks, brake shoes and electronic end-of-train 
devices. We are also a leading provider of braking equipment; heating, ventilation and air conditioning equipment; 
door assemblies and platform screen doors; lifts and ramps; couplers and current collection equipment, such as 
pantographs, for passenger transit vehicles.

6

•  Breadth of product offering with a stable mix of original equipment market (OEM) and aftermarket business. Our 

product portfolio is one of the broadest in the rail industry, as we offer a wide selection of quality parts, components 
and assemblies across the entire train and worldwide. We provide our products in both the original equipment market 
and the aftermarket. Our substantial installed base of products with end-users such as the railroads and the passenger 
transit authorities is a significant competitive advantage for providing products and services to the aftermarket because 
these customers often look to purchase safety- and performance-related replacement parts from the original equipment 
components supplier. In addition, as OEMs and railroad operators attempt to modernize fleets with new products 
designed to improve and maintain safety and efficiency, these products must be designed to be interoperable with 
existing equipment. On average, over the last several years, about 58% of our total net sales have come from our 
aftermarket products and services business.

• 

Leading design and engineering capabilities. We believe a hallmark of our relationship with our customers has been 
our leading design and engineering practice, which has assisted in the improvement and modernization of global 
railway equipment. We believe both our customers and the government authorities value our technological capabilities 
and commitment to innovation, as we seek not only to enhance the efficiency and profitability of our customers, but 
also to improve the overall safety of the railways through continuous improvement of product performance. The 
Company has an established record of product improvements and new product development. We have assembled a 
wide range of patented products, which we believe provides us with a competitive advantage. Wabtec currently owns 
3,333 active patents worldwide. During the last three years, we have filed for approximately 443 patents worldwide in 
support of our new and evolving product lines.

•  Experience with industry regulatory requirements. The freight rail and passenger transit industries are governed by 

various government agencies and regulators in each country and region. These groups mandate rigorous manufacturer 
certification, new product testing and approval processes that we believe are difficult for new entrants to meet cost-
effectively and efficiently without the scale and extensive experience we possess. Certification processes are lengthy, 
and often require local presence and expertise.  In addition, each transit agency places a high degree of importance on 
vehicle customization, which requires experience and technical expertise to meet ever-evolving specifications. 

•  Experienced management team and the Wabtec Excellence Program (WEP) Wabtec’s lean manufacturing and 

continuous improvement initiatives, known as the Wabtec Excellence Program, have been a part of the Company’s 
culture for more than 25 years and have enabled Wabtec to manage successfully through cycles in the rail supply 
market. We believe that, over time, the application of WEP initiatives has resulted in a reduced cost structure and 
standardized excellence in all processes. We believe that using WEP as our operational foundation will foster state-of-
the-art processes and continuous improvement, promote a constant pursuit of quality, and drive practical innovations 
and best-in-class, modern manufacturing.

Business strategy

Using WEP, we strive to generate sufficient cash to invest in our growth strategies and to build on what we consider to 

be a leading position as a low-cost producer in the industry while maintaining world-class product quality, technology and 
customer responsiveness. Through WEP and employee-directed initiatives such as Kaizen, a Japanese-developed team concept, 
we continuously strive to improve quality, delivery and productivity, and to reduce costs utilizing global sourcing and supply 
chain management. These practices enable us to streamline processes, improve product reliability and customer satisfaction, 
reduce product cycle times and respond more rapidly to market developments. We also rely on functional experts within the 
Company across various disciplines to train, coach and share best practices throughout the corporation, while benchmarking 
against best-in-class competitors and peers.  Over time, we believe the principles of WEP will enable us to continue to increase 
operating margins, improve cash flow and strengthen our ability to invest in the following growth strategies:

•  Product innovation and new technologies. We continue to emphasize innovation and development funding to create 

new products and capabilities, such as vehicle monitoring and data analytics. WabtecONE is a multi-year initiative to 
build on our existing expertise and technologies in electronics. In addition, we invest in developing enhancements and 
new features to existing products, such as brake discs and heat exchangers. We are focusing on technological advances, 
especially in the areas of electronics, braking products and other on-board equipment, as a means to deliver new 
product growth. We seek to provide customers with incremental technological advances that offer immediate benefits 
with cost-effective investments.

•  Global and market expansion. We believe that international markets represent a significant opportunity for future 

growth. In 2018, sales to non-U.S. customers were approximately $2.9 billion. We intend to increase international sales 
through direct sales of existing products to current and new customers, by developing specific new products for 
application in new geographic markets, by making strategic acquisitions, and through joint ventures with railway 
suppliers which have a strong presence in their local markets. In transit, we are focused on mature markets such as 
Europe and emerging markets such as India. In freight, we are targeting markets that operate significant fleets of U.S.-

7

style locomotives and freight cars, including Australia, Brazil, China, India, Russia, South Africa, and other select areas 
within Europe and South America. In addition, we have opportunities to increase the sale of certain products that we 
currently manufacture for the rail industry into other industrial markets, such as mining, off-highway and energy. These 
products include heat exchangers and friction materials.

•  Aftermarket products and services. Historically, aftermarket sales are less cyclical than OEM sales because a certain 
level of aftermarket maintenance and service work must be performed, even during an industry slowdown. In 2018, 
Wabtec’s aftermarket sales and services represented approximately 57% of the Company’s total sales across both of our 
business segments. As a long time supplier of original equipment, we have an extensive installed base of equipment in 
the field, which generates recurring aftermarket sales. Wabtec provides aftermarket parts and services for its 
components, and we seek to expand this business with customers who currently perform the work in-house. In this 
way, we expect to benefit as transit authorities and railroads outsource certain maintenance and overhaul functions. 

•  Acquisitions, joint ventures and alliances. We continue to invest in acquisitions, joint ventures and alliances using a 
disciplined, selective approach and rigorous financial criteria. These transactions are expected to meet our financial 
criteria and contribute to growth strategies of product innovation and new technologies, global expansion, and 
aftermarket products and services. We believe these expansion strategies will help Wabtec to grow profitably, expand 
geographically, and dampen the impact from potential cycles in the North American freight rail industry.

Recent Acquisitions and Joint Ventures

See Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Backlog

The Company’s backlog was about $4.5 billion at December 31, 2018. For 2018, about 57% of total sales came from 

aftermarket orders, which typically carry lead times of less than 30 days and are not recorded in backlog for a significant period 
of time.

The Company’s contracts are subject to standard industry cancellation provisions, including cancellations on short 

notice or upon completion of designated stages. Generally, if a customer were to cancel a contract we would have an 
enforceable right to payment for work completed up to the date of cancellation which would include a reasonable profit margin.  
Substantial scope-of-work adjustments are common. For these and other reasons, completion of the Company’s backlog may be 
delayed or canceled. The railroad industry, in general, has historically been subject to fluctuations due to overall economic 
conditions and the level of use of alternative modes of transportation.

The backlog of firm customer orders as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, and the expected year of 

completion are as follows:

Total

Backlog

Expected Delivery

Expected Delivery

Total

Backlog

Other

Years

Other

Years

In thousands

12/31/2018

2019

12/31/2017

2018

Freight Segment ................................................................

Transit Segment ................................................................

Total ..................................................................................

$

$

664,657

3,816,925

4,481,582

$

$

503,528

1,954,573

2,458,101

$

$

161,129

1,862,352

2,023,481

$

$

549,188

4,050,460

4,599,648

$

$

423,805

1,891,079

2,314,884

$

$

125,383

2,159,381

2,284,764

Engineering and Development

To execute our strategy to develop new products, we invest in a variety of engineering and development activities. For 
the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, we invested about $87.5 million, $95.2 million and $71.4 million, 
respectively, on product development and improvement activities. The engineering resources of the Company are allocated 
between research and development activities and the execution of original equipment customer contracts.  Across the 
corporation we have established multiple Centers of Competence, which have specialized, technical expertise in various 
disciplines and product areas.

           Our engineering and development program includes investments in data analytics, train control and other new 
technologies, with an emphasis on developing products that enhance safety, productivity and efficiency for our customers.  For 
example, we have developed advanced cooling systems that enable lower emissions from diesel engines used in rail and other 
industrial markets.  Sometimes we conduct specific research projects in conjunction with universities, customers and other 
industry suppliers.

We use our Product Development System to develop and monitor new product programs. The system requires the 
product development team to follow consistent steps throughout the development process, from concept to launch, to ensure the 
product will meet customer expectations and internal profitability targets.

8

 
 
 
 
Positive Train Control ("PTC")

           PTC is a collision-avoidance system that uses GPS to monitor and control the movement of passenger and freight trains.  
In 2008, the U.S. mandated the use of PTC on a majority of the locomotives and track in the U.S. The Federal Railroad 
Administration (the "FRA") eventually approved the use of Wabtec’s Electronic Train Management System® as the on-board 
locomotive standard for the deployment of this technology.  Our system includes an on-board locomotive computer and related 
software.  The deadline to implement this technology was December 31, 2018, and we worked with the U.S. Class I railroads, 
commuter rail authorities and other industry suppliers to meet this deadline.  Under certain conditions, the deadline could be 
extended through 2019 and 2020.  In 2018, Wabtec recorded about $395 million of revenue from freight and transit train 
control and signaling projects, which includes PTC.  

Intellectual Property

We have 3,333 active patents worldwide and on average file for approximately 150 new patents each year. We also rely 
on a combination of trade secrets and other intellectual property laws, nondisclosure agreements and other protective measures 
to establish and protect our proprietary rights in our intellectual property.  We also follow the product development practices of 
our competitors to monitor any possible patent infringement by them, and to evaluate their strategies and plans. 

Certain trademarks, among them the name WABCO®, were acquired or licensed from American Standard Inc., now 
known as Trane, in 1990 at the time of our acquisition of the North American operations of the Railway Products Group of 
Trane. Other trademarks have been developed through the normal course of business or acquired as a part of our ongoing 
merger and acquisition program.

We have entered into a variety of license agreements as licensor and licensee. We do not believe that any single license 

agreement is of material importance to our business or either of our business segments as a whole.

We have issued licenses to the two sole suppliers of railway air brakes and related products in Japan, Nabtesco and 
Mitsubishi Electric Company. The licensees pay annual license fees to us and also assist us by acting as liaisons with key 
Japanese passenger transit vehicle builders for projects in North America. We believe that our relationships with these licensees 
are beneficial to our core transit business and customer relationships in North America.

Customers

We provide products and services for more than 500 customers worldwide.  Our customers include passenger transit 

authorities and railroads throughout North America, Europe, Asia Pacific, South Africa and South America; manufacturers of 
transportation equipment, such as locomotives, freight cars, passenger transit vehicles and buses; and companies that lease and 
maintain such equipment.

Top customers can change from year to year. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, our top five customers 
accounted for approximately 15% of net sales: Bombardier, Inc., Alstom, the Greenbrier Companies, Indian Railways and 
Trinity Industries. No one customer represents 10% or more of consolidated sales. We believe that we have strong relationships 
with all of our key customers.

Competition

We believe we hold a leading market share for many of our core product lines globally, although market shares vary by 
product lines and geographies. We operate in a highly competitive marketplace. Price competition is strong because we have a 
relatively small number of customers and they are very cost-conscious. In addition to price, competition is based on product 
performance and technological leadership, quality, reliability of delivery, and customer service and support.

Our principal competitors vary across product lines and geographies. Within North America, New York Air Brake 
Company, a subsidiary of the German air brake producer Knorr-Bremse AG (“Knorr”) and Amsted Rail Company, Inc., a 
subsidiary of Amsted Industries Corporation, are our principal overall OEM competitors. Our competition for locomotive, 
freight and passenger transit service and repair is mostly from the railroads’ and passenger transit authorities’ in-house 
operations, Electro-Motive Diesel, a division of Caterpillar, and New York Air Brake/Knorr. We believe our key strengths, 
which include leading market positions in core products, breadth of product offering with a stable mix of OEM and aftermarket 
business, leading design and engineering capabilities, significant barriers to entry and an experienced management team, enable 
us to compete effectively in this marketplace. Outside of North America, Knorr is our main competitor, although not in every 
product line or geography. In addition, our competitors often include smaller, local suppliers in most international markets.  
Depending on the product line and geography, we can also compete with our customers, such as CRRC Corporation Limited, a 
China-based manufacturer of rolling stock.

9

Employees

At December 31, 2018, we employed approximately 18,000 full-time employees around the world.  This figure includes 
employees subject to collective bargaining agreements, most of which are outside of North America.  We consider our relations 
with employees and union representatives to be good but cannot assure that future contract negotiations and labor relations will 
be so.

Regulation

           In the course of our operations, we are subject to various regulations and standards of governments and other agencies in 
the U.S. and around the world. These entities typically govern equipment, safety and interoperability standards for passenger 
transit and freight rail rolling stock, oversee a wide variety of rules and regulations governing safety and design of equipment, 
and evaluate certification and qualification requirements for suppliers.  New products generally must undergo testing and 
approval processes that are rigorous and lengthy. As a result of these regulations and requirements, we must usually obtain and 
maintain certifications in a variety of jurisdictions and countries.  The governing bodies include the FRA and the Association of 
American Railroads ("AAR") in the U.S., and the International Union of Railways (“UIC”) and the European Railway 
Agencies in Europe.  Also, in Europe, the European Committees for Standardization continually draft new European standards 
which cover, for example, the Reliability, Availability, Maintainability and Safety of railways systems.  To guarantee 
interoperability in Europe, the European Union for Railway Agencies is responsible for defining and implementing Technical 
Standards of Interoperability, which covers areas such as infrastructure, energy, rolling stock, telematic applications, traffic 
operation and management subsystems, noise pollution and waste generation, protection against fire and smoke, and system 
safety.

Most countries and regions in which Wabtec does business have similar rule-making bodies.  In Russia, a GOST-R 

certificate of conformity is mandatory for all products related to the safety of individuals in Russian territory.  In China, any 
product or system sold on the Chinese market must have been certified in accordance with national standards.  In the local 
Indian market, most products are covered by regulations patterned after AAR and UIC standards.

Effects of Seasonality

Our business is not typically seasonal.  The third quarter results may be affected by vacation and scheduled plant 
shutdowns at several of our major customers and fourth quarter results may be affected by the timing of spare parts and service 
orders placed by transit agencies worldwide. Quarterly results can also be affected by the timing of projects in backlog and by 
project delays.

Environmental Matters

Additional information on environmental matters is included in Note 21 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial 

Statements” included in Part IV, Item 15 of this report.

Available Information

We maintain a website at www.wabtec.com. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current 

reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as well as the annual report to stockholders and other information, are available free of charge on this 
site. The Internet site and the information contained therein or connected thereto are not incorporated by reference into this 
Form 10-K. The following are also available free of charge on this site and are available in print to any shareholder who 
requests them: Our Corporate Governance Guidelines, the charters of our Audit, Compensation and Nominating and Corporate 
Governance Committees, our Code of Conduct, which is applicable to all employees, our Code of Ethics for Senior Officers, 
which is applicable to our executive officers, our Policies on Related Party Transactions and Conflict Minerals, and our 
Sustainability Report.

10

Item 1A.

RISK FACTORS

Prolonged unfavorable economic and market conditions could adversely affect our business.

Unfavorable general economic and market conditions in the United States and internationally, particularly in our key end 
markets, could have a negative impact on our sales and operations. To the extent that these factors result in continued instability 
of capital markets, shortages of raw materials or component parts, longer sales cycles, deferral or delay of customer orders or 
an inability to market our products effectively, our business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We are dependent upon key customers.

We rely on several key customers who represent a significant portion of our business. While we believe our relationships 

with our customers are generally good, our top customers could choose to reduce or terminate their relationships with us. In 
addition, many of our customers place orders for products on an as-needed basis and operate in cyclical industries. As a result, 
customer order levels have varied from period to period in the past and may vary significantly in the future. Such customer 
orders are dependent upon their markets and customers and may be subject to delays and cancellations. Furthermore, the 
average service life of certain products in our end markets has increased in recent years due to innovations in technologies and 
manufacturing processes, which has also allowed end users to replace parts less often. As a result of our dependence on our key 
customers, we could experience a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition if we 
lost any one or more of our key customers or if there is a reduction in their demand for our products.

Our business operates in a highly competitive industry.

We operate in a global, competitive marketplace and face substantial competition from a limited number of established 

competitors, some of which may have greater financial resources than we do, may have a more extensive low-cost sourcing 
strategy and presence in low-cost regions than we do or may receive significant governmental support. Price competition is 
strong and, coupled with the existence of a number of cost conscious customers with significant negotiating power, has 
historically limited our ability to increase prices. In addition to price, competition is based on product performance and 
technological leadership, quality, reliability of delivery and customer service and support. If our competitors invest heavily in 
innovation and develop products that are more efficient or effective than our products, we may not be able to compete 
effectively. There can be no assurance that competition in one or more of our markets will not adversely affect us and our 
results of operations.

We intend to pursue acquisitions, joint ventures and alliances that involve a number of inherent risks, any of which may 
cause us not to realize anticipated benefits.

One aspect of our business strategy is to selectively pursue acquisitions, joint ventures and alliances that we believe will 
improve our market position and provide opportunities to realize operating synergies. These transactions involve inherent risks 
and uncertainties, any one of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial 
condition including:

• 

• 
• 
• 

difficulties in achieving identified financial and operating synergies, including the integration of operations, services 
and products;
diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;
the assumption of unknown liabilities; and
unanticipated changes in the market conditions, business and economic factors affecting such an acquisition, joint 
venture or alliance.

We cannot assure that we will be able to consummate any future acquisitions, joint ventures or other business 

combinations. If we are unable to identify or consummate suitable acquisitions, joint ventures or alliances, we may be unable to 
fully implement our business strategy, and our business and results of operations may be adversely affected as a result. In 
addition, our ability to engage in such strategic transactions will be dependent on our ability to raise substantial capital, and we 
may not be able to raise the funds necessary to implement this strategy on terms satisfactory to us, if at all.

A failure to predict and react to customer demand could adversely affect our business.

If we are unable to accurately forecast demand for our existing products or to react appropriately to changes in demand, 

we may experience delayed product shipments and customer dissatisfaction. If demand increases significantly from current 
levels, both we and our suppliers may have difficulty meeting such demand, particularly if such demand increases occur 
rapidly. Alternatively, we may carry excess inventory if demand for our products decreases below projected levels.

Additionally, we have dedicated significant resources to the development, manufacturing and marketing of new 
products. Decisions to develop and market new transportation products are typically made without firm indications of customer 
11

acceptance. Moreover, by their nature, new products may require alteration of existing business methods or threaten to displace 
existing equipment in which our customers may have a substantial capital investment. There can be no assurance that any new 
products that we develop will gain widespread acceptance in the marketplace or that such products will be able to compete 
successfully with other new products or services that may be introduced by competitors. Furthermore, we may incur additional 
warranty or other costs as new products are tested and used by customers.

Failure to accurately predict and react to customer demand could have a material adverse effect on our business, results 

of operations and financial condition.

We may fail to respond adequately or in a timely manner to innovative changes in new technology. 

In recent years, the global transportation landscape has been characterized by rapid changes in technology, leading to 
innovative transportation and logistics concepts that could change the way the railway industry does business. There may be 
additional innovations impacting the railway industry that we cannot yet foresee. Any failure by us to quickly adapt to and 
adopt new innovations in products and processes desired by our customers may result in a significant loss of demand for our 
product and service offerings. In addition, advances in technology may require us to increase investments in order to remain 
competitive, and our customers may not be willing to accept higher prices to cover the cost of these investments.

A portion of our sales are related to delivering products and services to help our U.S. railroad and transit customers meet 
the Positive Train Control ("PTC") mandate from the U.S. federal government, which requires the use of on-board 
locomotive computers and software by the end of 2018.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, we had sales of about $395 million related to train control and signaling, 

which includes PTC. In 2015, the industry's PTC deadline was extended by three years through December 31, 2018, which also 
included the ability of railroads to request an additional two years for compliance with the approval of the Department of 
Transportation if certain parameters are met.  This could change the timing of our revenues and could cause us to reassess the 
staffing, resources and assets deployed in delivering PTC services.

Our revenues are subject to cyclical variations in the railway and passenger transit markets and changes in government 
spending.

The railway industry historically has been subject to significant fluctuations due to overall economic conditions, the use 

of alternate methods of transportation and the levels of government spending on railway projects. In economic downturns, 
railroads have deferred, and may defer, certain expenditures in order to conserve cash in the short term. Reductions in freight 
traffic may reduce demand for our replacement products.

The passenger transit railroad industry is also cyclical and is influenced by a variety of factors. New passenger transit 

car orders vary from year to year and are influenced by a variety of factors, including major replacement programs, the 
construction or expansion of transit systems by transit authorities and the quality and cost of alternative modes of 
transportation.  To the extent that future funding for proposed public projects is curtailed or withdrawn altogether as a result of 
changes in political, economic, fiscal or other conditions beyond our control, such projects may be delayed or cancelled, 
resulting in a potential loss of business for us, including transit aftermarket and new transit car orders. There can be no 
assurance that economic conditions will be favorable or that there will not be significant fluctuations adversely affecting the 
industry as a whole and, as a result, us.

Our backlog is not necessarily indicative of the level of our future revenues.

Our backlog represents future production and estimated potential revenue attributable to firm contracts with, or written 
orders from, our customers for delivery in various periods.  Instability in the global economy, negative conditions in the global 
credit markets, volatility in the industries that our products serve, changes in legislative policy, adverse changes in the financial 
condition of our customers, adverse changes in the availability of raw materials and supplies, or un-remedied contract breaches 
could possibly lead to contract termination or cancellations of orders in our backlog or request for deferred deliveries of our 
backlog orders, each of which could adversely affect our cash flows and results of operations.

A growing portion of our sales may be derived from our international operations, which exposes us to certain risks inherent 
in doing business on an international level.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, approximately 67% of our consolidated net sales were to customers 

outside of the United States. We intend to continue to expand our international operations, including in emerging markets, in 
the future. Our global headquarters for the Transit group is located in France, and we conduct other international operations 
through a variety of wholly and majority-owned subsidiaries and joint ventures, including in Australia, Austria, Brazil, Canada, 

12

China, Czech Republic, France, Germany, India, Italy, Macedonia, Mexico, the Netherlands, Poland, Russia, Spain, South 
Africa, Turkey, and the United Kingdom. As a result, we are subject to various risks, any one of which could have a material 
adverse effect on those operations and on our business as a whole, including:

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

lack of complete operating control;
lack of local business experience;
currency exchange fluctuations and devaluations;
restrictions on currency conversion or the transfer of funds or limitations on our ability to repatriate income or capital;
the complexities of operating within multiple tax jurisdictions;
foreign trade restrictions and exchange controls;
adverse impacts of international trade policies, such as import quotas, capital controls or tariffs;
difficulty enforcing agreements and intellectual property rights;
the challenges of complying with complex and changing laws, regulations, and policies of foreign governments;
the difficulties involved in staffing and managing widespread operations;
the potential for nationalization of enterprises;
economic, political and social instability; and 
possible terrorist attacks, conflicts and wars, including those against American interests.

Our exposure to the risks associated with international operations may intensify if our international operations expand in 

the future.

We may have liability arising from asbestos litigation.

Claims have been filed against us and certain of our affiliates in various jurisdictions across the United States by persons 
alleging bodily injury as a result of exposure to asbestos-containing products. Most of these claims have been made against our 
wholly owned subsidiary, Railroad Friction Products Corporation ("RFPC"), and are based on a product sold by RFPC prior to 
the time that we acquired any interest in RFPC.

Most of these claims, including all of the RFPC claims, are submitted to insurance carriers for defense and indemnity or 
to non-affiliated companies that have retained the liabilities for the asbestos-containing products at issue. We cannot, however, 
assure that all these claims will be fully covered by insurance or that the indemnitors or insurers will remain financially viable. 
Our ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to these claims, as is the case with most other pending litigation, cannot 
be estimated.

We are subject to a variety of laws and regulations, including anti-corruption laws, in various jurisdictions.

We are subject to various laws, rules and regulations administered by authorities in jurisdictions in which we do 
business, such as the anti-corruption laws of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the French Law n° 2016-1691 (Sapin II) 
and the U.K. Bribery Act, relating to our business and our employees. We are also subject to other laws and regulations 
governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Bureau of 
Industry and Security, the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, and various non-U.S. government 
entities, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions on countries and persons, customs requirements, 
currency exchange regulations, and transfer pricing regulations. Despite our policies, procedures and compliance programs, our 
internal controls and compliance systems may not be able to protect us from prohibited acts willfully committed by our 
employees, agents or business partners that would violate such applicable laws and regulations. Any such improper acts could 
damage our reputation, subject us to civil or criminal judgments, fines or penalties, and could otherwise disrupt our business, 
and as a result, could materially adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

In addition, our manufacturing operations are subject to safety, operations, maintenance and mechanical standards, rules 
and regulations enforced by various federal and state agencies and industry organizations both domestically and internationally. 
Our business may be adversely impacted by new rules and regulations or changes to existing rules or regulations, which could 
require additional maintenance or substantial modification or refurbishment of certain of our products or could make such 
products obsolete or require them to be phased out prior to their useful lives. We are unable to predict what impact these or 
other regulatory changes may have, if any, on our business or the industry as a whole. We cannot assure that costs incurred to 
comply with any new standards or regulations will not be material to our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations.

We are subject to a variety of increasingly stringent environmental laws and regulations governing discharges to air and 

water, substances in products, the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous or solid waste materials and the remediation of 
contamination associated with releases of hazardous substances. We have incurred, and will continue to incur, both operating 
and capital costs to comply with environmental laws and regulations, including costs associated with the clean-up and 

13

investigation of some of our current and former properties and offsite disposal locations. We believe our operations currently 
comply in all material respects with all of the various environmental laws and regulations applicable to our business; however, 
there can be no assurance that environmental requirements will not change in the future or that we will not incur significant 
costs to comply with such requirements. Failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations could have significant 
consequences on our business and results of operations, including the imposition of substantial fines and sanctions for 
violations, injunctive relief (including requirements that we limit or cease operations at affected facilities), and reputational 
risk. 

In addition, certain of our products are subject to extensive, and increasingly stringent, statutory and regulatory 
requirements governing, e.g., emissions and noise, including standards imposed by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 
the European Union and other regulatory agencies around the world. We have made, and will continue to make, significant 
capital and research expenditures relating to compliance with these standards. The successful development and introduction of 
new and enhanced products in order to comply with new regulatory requirements are subject to other risks, such as delays in 
product development, cost over-runs and unanticipated technical and manufacturing difficulties. In addition to these risks, the 
nature and timing of government implementation and enforcement of these standards-particularly in emerging markets-are 
unpredictable and subject to change.

Future climate change regulation could result in increased operating costs, affect the demand for our products or affect the 
ability of our critical suppliers to meet our needs.

We have followed the current debate over climate change and the related policy discussion and prospective legislation. 
We have reviewed the potential challenges for us that climate change policy and legislation may pose. Any such challenges are 
heavily dependent on the nature and degree of climate change legislation and the extent to which it applies to our industry. At 
this time, we cannot predict the ultimate impact of climate change and climate change legislation on our operations. Further, 
when or if these impacts may occur cannot be assessed until scientific analysis and legislative policy are more developed and 
specific legislative proposals begin to take shape. Any laws or regulations that may be adopted to restrict or reduce emissions of 
greenhouse gas could require us to incur increased operating costs and could have an adverse effect on demand for our 
products. In addition, the price and availability of certain of the raw materials that we use could vary in the future as a result of 
environmental laws and regulations affecting our suppliers. An increase in the price of our raw materials or a decline in their 
availability could adversely affect our operating margins or result in reduced demand for our products.

The occurrence of litigation in which we could be named as a defendant is unpredictable.

From time to time, we are subject to litigation or other commercial disputes and other legal and regulatory proceedings 
with respect to our business, customers, suppliers, creditors, stockholders, product liability, intellectual property infringement, 
warranty claims or environmental-related matters. Due to the inherent uncertainties of any litigation, commercial disputes or 
other legal or regulatory proceedings, we cannot accurately predict their ultimate outcome, including the outcome of any 
related appeals. We may incur significant expense to defend or otherwise address current or future claims. Any litigation, even 
a claim without merit, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could have a material adverse effect on 
our business and results of operations. Although we maintain insurance policies for certain risks, we cannot make assurances 
that this insurance will be adequate to protect us from all material judgments and expenses related to potential future claims or 
that these levels of insurance will be available in the future at economical prices or at all.

If we are not able to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, we may be adversely affected.

Our success can be impacted by our ability to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We rely 
primarily on patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and unfair competition laws, as well as license agreements and other 
contractual provisions, to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. However, filing, prosecuting and 
defending patents on our products in all countries and jurisdictions throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. 
Moreover, existing U.S. legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property 
rights offer only limited protection, may not provide us with any competitive advantages and may be challenged by third 
parties. The laws of countries other than the United States may be even less protective of intellectual property rights. As a 
result, a significant portion of our technology is not patented, and we may be unable or may not seek to obtain patent protection 
for this technology. Further, although we routinely conduct anti-counterfeiting activities in multiple jurisdictions, we have 
encountered counterfeit reproductions of our products or products that otherwise infringe on our intellectual property rights. 
Counterfeit components of low quality may negatively impact our brand value. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be 
unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon, counterfeiting or misappropriating our intellectual property or otherwise 
gaining access to our technology. If we fail to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, then our business, 
results of operations and financial condition could be negatively impacted.

14

In addition, we operate in industries in which there are many third-party owners of intellectual property rights. Owners 

of intellectual property that we need to conduct our business as it evolves may be unwilling to license such intellectual property 
rights to us on terms we consider reasonable. Third party intellectual property owners may assert infringement claims against 
us based on their intellectual property portfolios. If we are sued for intellectual property infringement, we may incur significant 
expenses investigating and defending such claims, even if we prevail.

We face risks relating to cybersecurity attacks that could cause loss of confidential information and other business 
disruptions.

Threats to information technology systems associated with cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents or attacks continue to 
grow and our business is at risk from and may be impacted by cybersecurity attacks. We rely extensively on computer systems 
to process transactions and manage our business. In addition, we collect, process, and retain sensitive and confidential customer 
information in the normal course of business. Cybersecurity attacks could include attempts to gain unauthorized access to our 
data and computer systems. Attacks can be both individual and/or highly organized attempts by very sophisticated hacking 
organizations. We employ a number of measures to prevent, detect and mitigate these threats, which include employee 
education, password encryption, frequent password change events, firewall detection systems, anti-virus software in-place and 
frequent backups; however, there is no guarantee such efforts will be successful in preventing a cyber-attack. A cybersecurity 
attack could compromise the confidential information of our employees, customers and suppliers, and potentially violate 
certain domestic and international privacy laws. Furthermore, a cybersecurity attack on our customers and suppliers could 
compromise our confidential information in the possession of our customers and suppliers.  A successful attack could disrupt 
and otherwise adversely affect our business operations, including through lawsuits by third-parties. In addition, the regulatory 
environment related to information security and privacy is constantly changing, and compliance with those requirements could 
result in additional costs.

Our manufacturer’s warranties or product liability may expose us to potentially significant claims.

We warrant the workmanship and materials of many of our products. Accordingly, we are subject to a risk of product 
liability or warranty claims in the event that the failure of any of our products results in personal injury or death or does not 
conform to our customers’ specifications. In addition, in recent years, we have introduced a number of new products for which 
we do not have a history of warranty experience. Although we currently maintain liability insurance coverage, we cannot assure 
that product liability claims, if made, would not exceed our insurance coverage limits or that insurance will continue to be 
available on commercially acceptable terms, if at all. The possibility exists for these types of warranty claims to result in costly 
product recalls, significant repair costs and damage to our reputation.

Labor shortages and labor disputes may have a material adverse effect on our operations and profitability.

We depend on skilled labor in our manufacturing and other businesses. Due to the competitive nature of the labor 

markets in which we operate, we may not be able to retain, recruit and train the personnel we require, particularly when the 
economy expands, production rates are high or competition for such skilled labor increases.

We collectively bargain with labor unions at some of our operations throughout the world.  Failure to reach an 

agreement could result in strikes or other labor protests which could disrupt our operations. Furthermore, non-union employees 
in certain countries have the right to strike.  If we were to experience a strike or work stoppage, it would be difficult for us to 
find a sufficient number of employees with the necessary skills to replace these employees. We cannot assure that we will reach 
any such agreement or that we will not encounter strikes or other types of conflicts with the labor unions of our personnel. 

Any such labor shortages or labor disputes could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and 

financial condition, could cause us to lose revenues and customers and might have permanent effects on our business.

Equipment failures, interruptions, delays in deliveries or extensive damage to our facilities, supply chains, distribution 
systems or information technology systems, could adversely affect our business. 

All of our facilities, equipment, supply chains, distribution systems and information technology systems are subject to 
the risk of catastrophic loss due to unanticipated events, such as fires, earthquakes, explosions, floods, tornados, hurricanes or 
weather conditions. An interruption in our manufacturing capabilities, supply chains, distribution systems or information 
technology systems, whether as a result of such catastrophic loss or any other reason, could reduce, prevent or delay our 
production and shipment of our product offerings, result in defective products or services, damage customer relationships and 
our reputation and result in legal exposure and large repair or replacement expenses. This could result in the delay or 
termination of orders, the loss of future sales and a negative impact to our reputation with our customers.

Third-party insurance coverage that we maintain with respect to such matters will vary from time to time in both type 

and amount depending on cost, availability and our decisions regarding risk retention, and may be unavailable or insufficient to 

15

protect us against losses. Any of these risks coming to fruition could materially adversely affect our business, results of 
operations and financial condition. 

We may be exposed to raw material shortages, supply shortages and fluctuations in raw material, energy and commodity 
prices. 

We purchase energy, steel, aluminum, copper, rubber and rubber-based materials, chemicals, polymers and other key 

manufacturing inputs from outside sources, and traditionally have not had long-term pricing contracts with our pure raw 
material suppliers. The costs of these raw materials have been volatile historically and are influenced by factors that are outside 
our control. If we are unable to pass increases in the costs of our raw materials on to our customers, experience a lag in our 
ability to pass increases to our customers, or operational efficiencies are not achieved, our operating margins and results of 
operations may be materially adversely affected. 

Our businesses compete globally for key production inputs. In addition, we rely upon third-party suppliers, including 

certain single-sourced suppliers, for various components for our products. In the event of a shortage or discontinuation of 
certain raw materials or key inputs, we may experience challenges sourcing certain of our components to meet our production 
requirements and may not be able to arrange for alternative sources of certain raw materials or key inputs. Any such shortage 
may materially adversely affect our competitive position versus companies that are able to better or more cheaply source such 
raw materials or key inputs.

We may incur increased costs due to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates

In the ordinary course of business, we are exposed to increases in interest rates that may adversely affect funding costs 
associated with variable-rate debt and changes in foreign currency exchange rates.  We are subject to currency exchange rate 
risk to the extent that our costs may be denominated in currencies other than those in which we earn and report revenues and 
vice versa. In addition, a decrease in the value of any of these currencies relative to the U.S. dollar could reduce our profits 
from non-U.S. operations and the translated value of the net assets of our non-U.S. operations when reported in U.S. dollars in 
our consolidated financial statements. We may seek to minimize these risks through the use of interest rate swap contracts and 
currency hedging agreements.  There can be no assurance that any of these measures will be effective.  Material changes in 
interest or exchange rates could result in material losses to us.

If we lose our senior management or key personnel, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

The success of our business is largely dependent on our senior management team, as well as on our ability to attract and 

retain other qualified key personnel. It cannot be assured that we will be able to retain all of our current senior management 
personnel and attract and retain other key personnel necessary for the development of our business. The loss of the services of 
senior management and other key personnel or the failure to attract additional personnel as required could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Following the consummation of the acquisition of GE Transportation, we will have substantial operations located in India, 
and will be subject to regulatory, economic, social and political uncertainties in India.

Although we currently have operations in India, following the consummation of our acquisition of GE Transportation, 

these operations will be substantially more significant, including a large-scale project involving the construction of a factory in 
the state of Bihar, which includes a township to house employees. The project also includes construction of two service sheds, 
in the states of Uttar Pradesh and Gujarat. Operations in India are inherently risky due to a number of regulatory, economic, 
social and political uncertainties. For example, in September 2017, several media outlets reported that the Indian government 
expressed a desire to switch the country's rail system from diesel to electric locomotives, which would threaten to interfere with 
the completion of the project and curtail the viability of our ongoing operations in India. While no such actions have been taken 
to date, any change in policy with respect to India’s rail system could have a material adverse effect on the business of the 
combined company.

In addition, the Indian government has exercised and continues to exercise significant influence over many aspects of the 

Indian economy. Since 1991, successive Indian governments have generally pursued policies of economic liberalization and 
financial sector reforms, including by significantly relaxing restrictions on the private sector. Nevertheless, the role of the 
Indian central and state governments in the Indian economy as producers, consumers and regulators has remained significant 
and we cannot assure you that such liberalization policies will continue. The rate of economic liberalization could change, and 
specific laws and policies affecting foreign investments in India could change as well, including exposure to possible 
expropriation, nationalization or other governmental actions. 

Further, protests against privatizations and government corruption scandals, which have occurred in the past, could slow 
the pace of liberalization and deregulation. A significant change in India’s policy of economic liberalization and deregulation or 

16

any social or political uncertainties could significantly harm business and economic conditions in India generally and our 
business and prospects.

India’s physical infrastructure is less developed than that of many developed nations. Any congestion or disruption with 

respect to communication systems or any public facility, including transportation infrastructure, could disrupt our normal 
business activity. Any deterioration of India’s physical infrastructure would harm the national economy, disrupt the 
transportation of people, goods and supplies, and add costs to doing business in India. These disruptions could interrupt our 
business operations and significantly harm our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health.

At December 31, 2018, we had total debt of $3,856.9 million. We entered into a Credit Agreement, as amended, dated 

June 8, 2018, by and among us, Wabtec Netherlands B.V, the other borrowing subsidiaries party thereto from time to time, PNC 
Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, and the other parties thereto, which includes (i) a $1.2 billion Revolving 
Credit Facility, (ii) a $350.0 million Refinancing Term Loan and (iii) a $400.0 million Delayed Draw Term Loan.  Being 
indebted could have important consequences to us.  For example, our indebtedness could:

• 
• 

• 
• 
• 

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby 
reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general 
corporate purposes;
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate;
place us at a disadvantage compared to competitors that have less debt; and
limit our ability to borrow additional funds.

The indenture for our $500.0 million floating rate senior notes due in 2021, our $744.4 million 4.375% senior notes due in 
2023, our $499.1 million 4.150% senior notes due in 2024, our $750.0 million 3.450% senior notes due in 2026, our $1.25 
billion 4.700% senior notes due in 2028 and our Credit Agreement contain various covenants that limit our management’s 
discretion in the operation of our businesses.

Our Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties by us and our subsidiaries, including 
customary use of materiality, material adverse effect, and knowledge qualifiers. We and our subsidiaries are also subject to (i) 
customary affirmative covenants that impose certain reporting obligations on us and our subsidiaries and (ii) customary 
negative covenants, including limitations on: indebtedness; liens; restricted payments; fundamental changes; business activities; 
transactions with affiliates; restrictive agreements; changes in fiscal year; and use of proceeds. In addition, we are required to 
maintain (i) a ratio of EBITDA to interest expense of at least 3.00 to 1.00 over each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters 
ending on the last day of a fiscal quarter and (ii) a Leverage Ratio, calculated as of the last day of a fiscal quarter for a period of 
four consecutive fiscal quarters, of 3.25 to 1.00 or less; provided that, any material acquisition in which the cash consideration 
paid exceeds $500.0 million, the maximum Leverage Ratio permitted will be (x) 3.75 to 1.00 at the end of the fiscal quarter in 
which such acquisition is consummated and each of the three fiscal quarters immediately following such fiscal quarter and (y) 
3.50 to 1.00 at the end of each of the fourth and fifth full fiscal quarters after the consummation of such acquisition.

The indenture under which our senior notes were issued contain covenants and restrictions which limit among other 
things, the following: sale and leaseback transactions, sale of assets, change in control, mergers and consolidations and the 
incurrence of liens.

The integration of our recently completed acquisitions may not result in anticipated improvements in market position or the 
realization of anticipated operating synergies or may take longer to realize than expected.

Although we believe that our recent acquisitions will improve our market position and realize positive operating results, 

including operating synergies, operating expense reductions and overhead cost savings, we cannot be assured that these 
improvements will be obtained or the timing of such improvements. The management and acquisition of businesses involves 
substantial risks, any of which may result in a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations, including:

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

the uncertainty that an acquired business will achieve anticipated operating results;
significant expenses to integrate;
diversion of management’s attention;
departure of key personnel from the acquired business;
effectively managing entrepreneurial spirit and decision-making;
integration of different information systems;
unanticipated costs and exposure to unforeseen liabilities; and
impairment of assets.

17

Item 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

18

Item 2.

PROPERTIES

Facilities

The following table provides certain summary information about the principal facilities owned or leased by the 

Company as of December 31, 2018. The Company believes that its facilities and equipment are generally in good condition and 
that, together with scheduled capital improvements, they are adequate for its present and immediately projected needs. Leases 
on the facilities are long-term and generally include options to renew. The Company’s corporate headquarters are located at the 
Wilmerding, PA site.

Primary Use

Segment

Own/Lease

Approximate
Square Feet 

Location

Domestic

Rothbury, MI

Wilmerding, PA
Lexington, TN

Jackson, TN

Berwick, PA

Chicago, IL
Greensburg, PA

Warren, OH

Boise, ID

Maxton, NC

Salem, VA

Greenville, SC

Brenham, TX

Spartanburg, SC

Buffalo Grove, IL
International

Sao Paulo, Brazil

Wallaceburg (Ontario), Canada

Northampton, UK

Shenyang City, Liaoning
Province, China

Lincolnshire, UK

Manufacturing/Warehouse/Office

Manufacturing/Service
Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing/Warehouse

Manufacturing/Service
Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing/Office

Manufacturing/Service

Manufacturing

Manufacturing/Office

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing/Office

London (Ontario), Canada

Manufacturing

Doncaster, UK

Kilmarnock, UK

Loughborough, UK

Kempton Park, South Africa

Piossasco, Italy

Monte Alto, Brazil

Tamil Nadu, India

Schkeuditz, Germany

Schuttorf, Germany
Amiens, France

Chard, UK

Manufacturing/Service

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing/Office

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing/Office
Manufacturing

Manufacturing/Office

St Pierre Des Corps, France

Manufacturing

Avellino, Italy

Manufacturing/Office

19

Freight

Freight
Freight

Freight

Freight

Freight
Freight

Freight

Freight/Transit

Freight/Transit

Transit

Transit

Transit

Transit

Transit

Freight

Freight

Freight

Freight

Freight

Freight

Freight/Transit

Freight/Transit

Freight/Transit

Freight/Transit

Transit

Transit

Transit

Transit

Transit
Transit

Transit

Transit

Transit

Own

Own
Own

Own

Own

Own
Own

Own

Own

Own

Own

Own

Own

Lease

Lease

Own

Own

Lease

Lease

Lease

Lease

Own

Own

Lease

Lease

Own

Own

Own

Own

Own
Own

Own

Own

Own

(1)

500,000

365,000
170,000

150,000

150,000

123,000
113,000

103,000

326,000

105,000

320,000

154,000

145,000

184,000

116,000

177,000

126,000

300,000

291,000

149,000

104,000

330,000

108,000

245,000

156,000

301,000

244,000

220,000

219,000

189,000
142,000

142,000

133,000

132,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Location

Primary Use

Segment

Own/Lease

Burton on Trent, UK

Blovice, Czech Republic

Nyrany, Czech Republic

Witten, Germany

Verviers, Belgium

Camisano, Italy

San Luis Potosi, Mexico

Birkenhead, UK

Shanghai, China

Manufacturing/Office

Manufacturing

Manufacturing/Office

Manufacturing

Manufacturing/Office

Manufacturing/Office

Manufacturing/Office

Overhaul/Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Transit

Transit

Transit

Transit

Transit

Transit

Transit

Transit

Transit

Lease

Lease

Lease

Lease

Lease

Lease

Lease

Lease

Lease

Approximate
Square Feet

253,000

235,000

223,000

209,000

137,000

136,000

113,000

109,000

104,000

(1)  Approximately 250,000 square feet are currently used in connection with the Company’s corporate and manufacturing 

operations. The remainder is leased to a third party.

Item  3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Additional information with respect to legal proceedings is included in Note 21 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial 

Statements” included in Part IV, Item 15 of this report and incorporate by reference herein. 

Item  4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable. 

20

 
 
 
 
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The following table provides information on our executive officers as of February 25, 2019.  They are elected 

periodically by our Board of Directors and serve at its discretion.

Officers

Albert J. Neupaver

Raymond T. Betler

Rafael Santana

David L. DeNinno

Patrick D. Dugan

Scott E. Wahlstrom

Dominique Malefant

John A. Mastalerz

Greg Sbrocco

Timothy R. Wesley

Age

Position

68

63

47

63

52

55

57

52

50

57

Executive Chairman of the Board

President and Chief Executive Officer

Executive Vice President, President and Chief Executive Officer, Freight Segment

Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Executive Vice President Finance, and Chief Financial Officer

Executive Vice President, Human Resources

Senior Vice President and Global Technology Officer

Senior Vice President of Finance, Corporate Controller and Principal Accounting
Officer

Senior Vice President, Wabtec Excellence Program

Vice President, Investor Relations and Corporate Communications

Albert J. Neupaver was re-named Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors in May 2018, having previously served 

as Executive Chairman from May 2014 to May 2017.  Prior to that, Mr. Neupaver served as Executive Chairman of the 
Company since May 2014.  Previously, he served as Chairman from May 2017 to May 2018, and Chairman and CEO from 
May 2013 to May 2014 and as the Company’s President and CEO from February 2006 to May 2013.  Prior to joining Wabtec, 
Mr. Neupaver served in various positions at AMETEK, Inc., a leading global manufacturer of electronic instruments and 
electric motors. Most recently he served as President of its Electromechanical Group for nine years.

Raymond T. Betler was named President and Chief Executive Officer in May 2014. Previously, Mr. Betler was President 

and Chief Operating Officer since May 2013 and the Company’s Chief Operating Officer since December 2010.  Prior to that, 
he served as Vice President, Group Executive of the Company since August 2008. Prior to joining Wabtec, Mr. Betler served in 
various positions of increasing responsibility at Bombardier Transportation since 1979. Most recently, Mr. Betler served as 
President, Total Transit Systems from 2004 until 2008 and before that as President, London Underground Projects from 2002 to 
2004.

Rafael Santana was named Executive Vice President, President and Chief Executive Officer of Wabtec's Freight 
Segment effective February 25, 2019.  Previously Mr. Santana was President and Chief Executive Officer of GE Transportation 
since November 2017.  Mr. Santana has held several global leadership positions since joining GE in 2000, including roles in the 
Transportation, Power and Oil and Gas businesses.  Prior to being named President and Chief Executive Officer of GE 
Transportation, Mr. Santana was President and Chief Executive Officer of GE in Latin America.  He also served as President 
and Chief Executive Officer of GE Oil and Gas Turbomachinery Solutions and had roles as Chief Executive Officer for GE Gas 
Engines and Chief Executive Officer for GE Energy in Latin America. 

David L. DeNinno was named Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of the Company effective 

December 2016.  Previously, Mr. DeNinno served as Sr. Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since February 2012. 
Previously, Mr. DeNinno served as a partner at K&L Gates LLP since May 2011 and prior to that with Reed Smith LLP.

Patrick D. Dugan was named Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer effective December 2016.  
Previously Mr. Dugan served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since January 2014.  Previously, Mr. Dugan 
was Senior Vice President, Finance and Corporate Controller from January 2012 until November 2013.   He originally joined 
Wabtec in 2003 as Vice President, Corporate Controller. Prior to joining Wabtec, Mr. Dugan served as Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer of CWI International, Inc. from December 1996 to November 2003. Prior to 1996, Mr. Dugan was a Manager 
with PricewaterhouseCoopers.

Scott E. Wahlstrom was named Executive Vice President, Human Resources effective December 2016.  Previously, Mr. 
Wahlstrom served as Senior Vice President, Human Resources since January 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Wahlstrom has been Vice 
President, Human Resources, since November 1999. Previously, Mr. Wahlstrom was Vice President, Human Resources & 
Administration of MotivePower Industries, Inc. from August 1996 until November 1999.

Dominique Malefant was named Senior Vice President, Global Technology effective February 25, 2019.  Previously, Mr. 

Malefant was the Vice President of Global Technology of GE Transportation.  Prior to that, Mr. Malefant served as Vice 
President of product and engineering for the Transport and Propulsion and Control business at Bombardier Transport.

21

John A. Mastalerz was named Senior Vice President of Finance, Corporate Controller and Principal Accounting Officer 

in July 2017.  Previously, Mr. Mastalerz served as Vice President and Corporate Controller from January 2014 to July 2017.  
Prior to joining Wabtec, Mr. Mastalerz served in various executive management roles with the H.J. Heinz Company from 
January 2001 to December 2013, most recently as Corporate Controller and Principal Accounting Officer.  Prior to 2001, Mr. 
Mastalerz was a Senior Manager with PricewaterhouseCoopers.

Greg Sbrocco was named Senior Vice President, Wabtec Excellence Program, effective February 25, 2019. Prior to this, 
Mr. Sbrocco was Global Supply Chain Leader for GE Transportation.  Mr. Sbrocco has been with GE for 27 years as he joined 
in 1992 as an Environmental Engineer for the GE Energy business.  During his tenure with GE, Mr. Sbrocco has held several 
leadership roles in GE Energy, GE Oil and Gas, and GE Transportation.

Timothy R. Wesley was named Vice President, Investor Relations and Corporate Communications in November 1999. 
Previously, Mr. Wesley was Vice President, Investor and Public Relations of MotivePower Industries, Inc. from August 1996 
until November 1999.

22

PART II

Item  5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Common Stock of the Company is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “WAB”. As of 

February 20, 2019, there were 96,613,310 shares of Common Stock outstanding held by 452 holders of record. 

The following performance graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with 

the Securities and Exchange Commission, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference to any future filings under 
the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended, except to the extent that Wabtec 
specifically incorporates it by reference into such filing. The graph below compares the total stockholder return through 
December 31, 2018, of Wabtec’s common stock to (i) the S&P 500 and (ii) our peer group of manufacturing companies which 
consists of the following publicly traded companies: AGCO, AMETEK, Colfax, Dana, Dover, Flowserve, The Greenbrier 
Companies, Navistar, Oshkosh, Regal Beloit, Rockwell Automation, Rockwell Collins, Terex, Trinity Industries, Snap-On, 
WABCO and Xylem.  

Month
October 2018 ....................................................
November 2018 ................................................
December 2018 ................................................
Total quarter ended December 31, 2018 ..........

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased

Average Price 
Paid per Share

—

— $

— $

— $

—

—

—

—

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased as 
Part of Publicly 
Announced 
Programs (1)

Maximum 
Dollar Value of 
Shares That 
May Yet Be 
Purchased 
Under the 
Programs (1)

— $

— $

— $

— $

137,824,347

137,824,347

137,824,347

137,824,347

(1) 

On February 9, 2016, the Board of Directors amended its stock repurchase authorization to $350 million of the 
Company’s outstanding shares.  During 2018, the Company did not repurchase any shares, leaving $137.8 million 
remaining under the authorization.  The Company intends to purchase shares on the open market or in negotiated 
block trades from time to time depending on market conditions. No time limit was set for the completion of the 
programs which conforms to the requirements under the 2016 and 2018 Refinancing Credit Agreements, as well as the 
senior notes currently outstanding.

23

Item 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table shows selected consolidated financial information of the Company and has been derived from 

audited financial statements. This financial information should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Consolidated Financial 
Statements of the Company and the Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

In thousands, except per share amounts

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

Year Ended December 31,

Income Statement Data

Net sales .............................................................................................

$

4,363,547

$

3,881,756

$

2,931,188

$

3,307,998

$

3,044,454

Gross profit ........................................................................................

Operating expenses ............................................................................

1,233,885

(760,448)

1,065,313

(644,234)

924,239

(467,632)

1,047,816

(438,962)

Income from operations .....................................................................

Interest expense, net...........................................................................

Other income, net...............................................................................

Net income attributable to Wabtec shareholders................................
Diluted Earnings per Common Share

Net income attributable to Wabtec shareholders................................

Cash dividends declared per share.....................................................

Fully diluted shares outstanding ........................................................
Balance Sheet Data

$

$

$

$

$

473,437

$

421,079

$

456,607

$

608,854

$

(112,235) $

(77,884) $

(50,298) $

(27,254) $

6,380

294,944

3.05

0.48

96,464

$

$

$

8,868

262,261

2.72

0.44

96,125

$

$

$

6,528

304,887

3.34

0.36

91,141

$

$

$

3,768

398,628

4.10

0.28

97,006

$

$

$

935,982

(406,198)

529,784

(29,074)

7,145

351,680

3.62

0.20

96,885

Total assets.........................................................................................

$

8,649,234

$

6,579,980

$

6,581,018

$

3,229,513

$

3,303,841

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash .......................................

Total debt ...........................................................................................

Total equity ........................................................................................

2,342,354

3,856,873

2,869,075

233,401

1,870,528

2,828,532

398,484

1,892,776

2,976,825

226,191

692,238

425,849

521,195

1,701,339

1,808,298

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

Wabtec is one of the world’s largest providers of value-added, technology-based products and services for the global rail 

industry. Our products are found on virtually all U.S. locomotives, freight cars and passenger transit vehicles, as well as in 
more than 100 countries throughout the world. Our products enhance safety, improve productivity and reduce maintenance 
costs for customers, and many of our core products and services are essential in the safe and efficient operation of freight rail 
and passenger transit vehicles. Wabtec is a global company with operations in 30 countries. In 2018, about 67% of the 
Company’s revenues came from customers outside the U.S.

Management Review and Future Outlook

Wabtec’s long-term financial goals are to generate cash flow from operations in excess of net income, maintain a strong 

credit profile while minimizing our overall cost of capital, increase margins through strict attention to cost controls and 
implementation of the Wabtec Excellence Program, and increase revenues through a focused growth strategy, including product 
innovation and new technologies, global and market expansion, aftermarket products and services, and acquisitions. In 
addition, Management evaluates the Company’s current operational performance through measures such as quality and on-time 
delivery.

The Company primarily serves the worldwide freight and transit rail industries. As such, our operating results are largely 

dependent on the level of activity, financial condition and capital spending plans of railroads and passenger transit agencies 
around the world, and transportation equipment manufacturers who serve those markets.  Many factors influence these 
industries, including general economic conditions; traffic volumes, as measured by freight carloadings and passenger ridership; 
government spending on public transportation; and investment in new technologies.  In general, trends such as increasing 
urbanization, a focus on sustainability and environmental awareness, an aging equipment fleet, and growth in global trade are 
expected to drive continued investment in freight and transit rail.

The Company monitors a variety of factors and statistics to gauge market activity.  Freight rail markets around the world 

are driven primarily by overall economic conditions and activity, while Transit markets are driven primarily by government 
funding and passenger ridership.  Changes in these market drivers can cause fluctuations in demand for Wabtec's products and 
services. 

According to the 2018 bi-annual edition of a market study by UNIFE, the Association of the European Rail Industry, the 

accessible global market for railway products and services was more than $100 billion and was expected to grow at a 
compounded annual growth rate of 2.6% through 2023. The three largest geographic markets, which represented about 80% of 
the total accessible market, were Europe, North America and Asia Pacific. UNIFE projected above-average growth rates in 
North America, Latin America and Africa/Middle East, with Asia Pacific and Europe growing at about the industry average.  
UNIFE said trends such as urbanization and increasing mobility, deregulation, investments in new technologies, energy and 
environmental issues, and increasing government support continue to drive investment. The largest product segments of the 
market were rolling stock, services and infrastructure, which represent almost 90% of the accessible market.  UNIFE projected 
spending on turnkey management projects and infrastructure to grow at above-average rates. UNIFE estimated that the global 
installed base of locomotives was about 114,000 units, with about 33% in Asia Pacific, about 26% in North America and about 
18% in Russia-CIS (Commonwealth of Independent States).  Wabtec estimates that about 2,500 new locomotives were 
delivered worldwide in 2018, and we expect deliveries of about 2,900 in 2019.  UNIFE estimated the global installed base of 
freight cars was about 5.1 million, with about 33% in North America, about 26% in Asia Pacific and about 24% in Russia-CIS.  
Wabtec estimates that about 175,000 new freight cars were delivered worldwide in 2018, and we expect deliveries of about 
174,000 in 2019.  UNIFE estimated the global installed base of passenger transit vehicles to be about 600,000 units, with about 
45% in Asia Pacific, about 33% in Europe and about 12% in Russia-CIS. Wabtec estimates that about 30,000 new passenger 
transit vehicles were ordered worldwide in 2018, and we expect orders of about the same number in 2019.

In Europe, the majority of the rail system serves the passenger transit market, which is expected to continue growing as 

energy and environmental factors encourage continued investment in public mass transit. According to UNIFE, France, 
Germany and the United Kingdom were the largest Western European transit markets, representing almost two-thirds of 
industry spending in the European Union. UNIFE projected the accessible Western European rail market to grow at about 2.3% 
annually, led by investments in new rolling stock in France and Germany.  About 75% of freight traffic in Europe is hauled by 
truck, while rail accounts for about 20%. The largest freight markets in Europe are Germany, Poland and the United Kingdom. 
In recent years, the European Commission has adopted a series of measures designed to increase the efficiency of the European 
rail network by standardizing operating rules and certification requirements.  UNIFE believes that adoption of these measures 
should have a positive effect on ridership and investment in public transportation over time.

25

In North America, railroads carry about 40% of intercity freight, as measured by ton-miles, which is more than any other 

mode of transportation. Through direct ownership and operating partnerships, U.S. railroads are part of an integrated network 
that includes railroads in Canada and Mexico, forming what is regarded as the world’s most-efficient and lowest-cost freight 
rail service. There are more than 500 railroads operating in North America, with the largest railroads, referred to as “Class I,” 
accounting for more than 90% of the industry’s revenues. The railroads carry a wide variety of commodities and goods, 
including coal, metals, minerals, chemicals, grain, and petroleum.  These commodities represent about 50% of total rail 
carloadings, with intermodal carloads accounting for the rest. Railroads operate in a competitive environment, especially with 
the trucking industry, and are always seeking ways to improve safety, cost and reliability. New technologies offered by Wabtec 
and others in the industry can provide some of these benefits. Demand for our freight related products and services in North 
America is driven by a number of factors, including rail traffic, and production of new locomotives and new freight cars.  In the 
U.S., the passenger transit industry is dependent largely on funding from federal, state and local governments, and from fare 
box revenues. Demand for North American passenger transit products is driven by a number of factors, including government 
funding, deliveries of new subway cars and buses, and ridership. The U.S. federal government provides money to local transit 
authorities, primarily to fund the purchase of new equipment and infrastructure for their transit systems.

Growth in the Asia Pacific market has been driven mainly by the continued urbanization of China and India, and by 
investments in freight rail rolling stock and infrastructure in Australia to serve its mining and natural resources markets. India is 
making significant investments in rolling stock and infrastructure to modernize its rail system; for example, the country has 
awarded a 1,000-unit locomotive order to GE Transportation.  

Other key geographic markets include Russia-CIS and Africa-Middle East.  With about 1.2 million freight cars and 
about 20,000 locomotives, Russia-CIS is among the largest freight rail markets in the world, and it’s expected to invest in both 
freight and transit rolling stock. PRASA, the Passenger Rail Agency of South Africa, is expected to continue to invest in new 
transit cars and new locomotives.  According to UNIFE, emerging markets were expected to grow at above-average rates as 
global trade led to increased freight volumes and urbanization led to increased demand for efficient mass-transportation 
systems. As this growth occurs, Wabtec expects to have additional opportunities to provide products and services in these 
markets.

In its study, UNIFE also said it expected increased investment in digital tools for data and asset management, and in rail 

control technologies, both of which would improve efficiency in the global rail industry. UNIFE said data-driven asset 
management tools have the potential to reduce equipment maintenance costs and improve asset utilization, while rail control 
technologies have been focused on increasing track capacity, improving operational efficiency and ensuring safer railway 
traffic.  Wabtec offers products and services to help customers make ongoing investments in these initiatives.

 In 2019 and beyond, general global economic and market conditions will have an impact on our sales and operations. To 

the extent that these factors cause instability of capital markets, shortages of raw materials or component parts, longer sales 
cycles, deferral or delay of customer orders or an inability to market our products effectively, our business and results of 
operations could be materially adversely affected. In addition, we face risks associated with our four-point growth strategy 
including the level of investment that customers are willing to make in new technologies developed by the industry and the 
Company, and risks inherent in global expansion. When necessary, we will modify our financial and operating strategies to 
reflect changes in market conditions and risks.

MERGER OF WABTEC WITH GE TRANSPORTATION

Wabtec, GE, SpinCo, which was a newly formed wholly owned subsidiary of GE, and Merger Sub, which was a 

newly formed wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into the Original Merger Agreement on May 20, 2018, and 
GE, SpinCo, Wabtec and Wabtec US Rail Holdings, Inc. ("Direct Sale Purchaser") entered into the Original Separation 
Agreement on May 20, 2018, which together provided for the combination of Wabtec and GE Transportation. The Original 
Merger Agreement and Original Separation Agreement were subsequently amended on January 25, 2019 and the merger was 
completed on February 25, 2019.

In connection with the Direct Sale, certain assets of GE Transportation, including the equity interests of certain pre-

Transaction subsidiaries of GE that compose part of GE Transportation, were sold to Direct Sale Purchaser for a cash payment 
of $2.875 billion, and Direct Sale Purchaser assumed certain liabilities of GE Transportation in connection with this purchase. 
Thereafter, GE transferred the SpinCo Business to SpinCo and its subsidiaries (to the extent not already held by SpinCo and its 
subsidiaries), and SpinCo issued to GE shares of SpinCo Class A preferred stock, SpinCo Class B preferred stock, SpinCo 
Class C preferred stock and additional shares of SpinCo common stock in the SpinCo Transfer. Following this issuance of 
additional SpinCo common stock to GE, and immediately prior to the Distribution, GE owned 8,700,000,000 shares of SpinCo 
common stock, 15,000 shares of SpinCo Class A preferred stock, 10,000 shares of SpinCo Class B preferred stock and one 
share of SpinCo Class C preferred stock, which constituted all of the outstanding stock of SpinCo.

26

 
 
Following the Direct Sale, GE distributed the Distribution Shares of SpinCo in a spin-off transaction. Immediately 

after the Distribution, Merger Sub merged with and into SpinCo, whereby the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub 
ceased and SpinCo continued as the surviving company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Wabtec (except with respect to 
shares of SpinCo Class A preferred stock held by GE). In the Merger, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Merger 
Agreement, each share of SpinCo common stock converted into the right to receive a number of shares of Wabtec common 
stock based on the common stock exchange ratio set forth in the Merger Agreement and the share of SpinCo Class C preferred 
stock was converted into the right to receive (a) 10,000 shares of Wabtec convertible preferred stock and (b) a number of shares 
of Wabtec common stock equal to 9.9% of the fully-diluted pro forma Wabtec shares. Immediately prior to the Merger, Wabtec 
paid $10.0 million in cash to GE in exchange for all of the shares of SpinCo Class B preferred stock.

Upon consummation of the Merger and calculated based on Wabtec’s outstanding common stock on a fully-diluted, 

as-converted and as-exercised basis, as of December 31, 2018, approximately 49.2% of the outstanding shares of Wabtec 
common stock would be held collectively by GE and Spin-Off record date holders of GE common stock (with 9.9% to be held 
by GE directly in shares of Wabtec common stock and 15% underlying the shares of Wabtec convertible preferred stock to be 
held by GE) and approximately 50.8% of the outstanding shares of Wabtec common stock would be held by pre-Merger 
Wabtec stockholders. Following the effective time of the Merger, GE will also own 15,000 shares of SpinCo Class A preferred 
stock, and Wabtec will hold 10,000 shares of SpinCo Class B preferred stock. The shares of Wabtec common stock and Wabtec 
convertible preferred stock held by GE will be subject to GE’s obligations under the Shareholders Agreement, including, 
among other things, and in each case subject to certain exceptions, (i) restrictions on the ability to sell, transfer or otherwise 
divest such shares for a period of 30 days and (ii) an obligation to sell, transfer or otherwise divest (A) by no later than 120 
days following the closing date of the Merger, GE’s (and its affiliates’) ownership of Wabtec common stock and/or Wabtec 
convertible preferred stock so that GE (together with its affiliates) beneficially owns not less than 14.9% and not more than 
19.9% of the number of shares of Wabtec common stock that were outstanding immediately after the closing of the Merger, (B) 
by no later than one year following the closing date of the Merger, GE’s (and its affiliates’) ownership of Wabtec common stock 
and/or Wabtec convertible preferred stock so that GE (together with its affiliates) beneficially owns not more than 18.5% of the 
number of shares of Wabtec common stock that were outstanding immediately after the closing of the Merger, in each case of 
clauses (A) and (B) treating the Wabtec convertible preferred stock as the Wabtec common stock into which it is convertible 
both for purposes of determining the number of shares of Wabtec common stock owned and for purposes of determining the 
number of shares of Wabtec common stock outstanding and (C) by no later than the third anniversary of the closing date of the 
Merger, all of the subject shares that GE (together with its affiliates) beneficially owns, and (iii) an obligation to vote all of such 
shares of Wabtec common stock in the proportion required under the Shareholders Agreement.

The estimated total value of the consideration to be paid by Wabtec in the Transactions was subject to the market price 

of shares of Wabtec common stock at the date of closing. Using Wabtec’s closing stock price on the NYSE as of February 22, 
2019, the total value of the consideration for the Transactions was approximately $10.2 billion, including the Direct Sale 
Purchase Price, contingent consideration, assumed debt and net of cash acquired. 

On September 14, 2018, Wabtec completed a public offering and sale of (i) $500 million aggregate principal amount 

of floating rate senior notes, (ii) $750 million aggregate principal amount of 2024 Senior Notes and (iii) $1.25 billion aggregate 
principal amount of 2028 Senior Notes. The Company used the net proceeds from the offering and sale of these notes combined 
with the proceeds from a $400 million delayed draw term loan that was entered into on June 8, 2018 to finance the $2.875 
billion Direct Sale. Wabtec used a portion of the proceeds from the September 14, 2018 notes to pay debt associated with its 
revolving credit facility. The remaining proceeds are classified as Restricted Cash on the consolidated balance sheet, as the 
Company used these cash amounts to finance the Direct Sale. Refer to Footnote 10 for further information regarding debt.

After the Merger, SpinCo, which is Wabtec’s wholly owned subsidiary (except with respect to shares of SpinCo Class 

A preferred stock held by GE), holds the SpinCo Business and Direct Sale Purchaser, which also is Wabtec’s wholly owned 
subsidiary, holds the assets purchased and the liabilities assumed in connection with the Direct Sale. Together, SpinCo and 
Direct Sale Purchaser own and operate the post-Transaction GE Transportation. All shares of the Company’s common stock, 
including those issued in the Merger, are listed on the NYSE under the Company’s current trading symbol “WAB.”

On the date of the Distribution, GE or its subsidiaries and SpinCo or the SpinCo Transferred Subsidiaries entered into 

additional agreements relating to, among other things, intellectual property, employee matters, tax matters, research and 
development and transition services.

ACQUISITION OF FAIVELEY TRANSPORT S.A. 

27

 
 
 
 
 
On November 30, 2016, the Company acquired majority ownership of Faiveley Transport under the terms of the Share 

Purchase Agreement. Faiveley Transport is a leading global provider of value-added, integrated systems and services for the 
railway industry with annual sales of about $1.2 billion and more than 5,700 employees in 24 countries. Faiveley Transport 
supplies railway manufacturers, operators and maintenance providers with a range of value-added, technology-based systems 
and services in Energy & Comfort (air conditioning, power collectors and converters, and passenger information), Access & 
Mobility (passenger access systems and platform doors), and Brakes and Safety (braking systems and couplers). The 
transaction was structured as a step acquisition as follows:

•  On November 30, 2016, the Company acquired majority ownership of Faiveley Transport, after completing the 

purchase of the Faiveley family’s ownership interest under the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement, which 
directed the Company to pay €100 per share of Faiveley Transport, payable between 25% and 45% in cash at the 
election of those shareholders and the remainder payable in Wabtec stock.  The Faiveley family’s ownership 
interest acquired by the Company represented approximately 51% of outstanding share capital and approximately 
49% of the outstanding voting shares of Faiveley Transport. Upon completion of the share purchase under the 
Share Purchase Agreement, Wabtec commenced a tender offer for the remaining publicly traded Faiveley 
Transport shares. The public shareholders had the option to elect to receive €100 per share in cash or 1.1538 
shares of Wabtec common stock per share of Faiveley Transport. The common stock portion of the consideration 
was subject to a cap on issuance of Wabtec common shares that was equivalent to the rates of cash and stock 
elected by the 51% owners. 

•  On February 3, 2017, the initial cash tender offer was closed, which resulted in the Company acquiring 

approximately 27% of additional outstanding share capital and voting rights of Faiveley Transport for 
approximately $411.8 million in cash and $25.2 million in Wabtec stock.  After the initial cash tender offer, the 
Company owned approximately 78% of outstanding share capital and 76% of voting rights.

•  On March 6, 2017, the final cash tender offer was closed, which resulted in the Company acquiring approximately 
21% of additional outstanding share capital and 22% of additional outstanding voting rights of Faiveley Transport 
for approximately $303.2 million in cash and $0.3 million in Wabtec stock. After the final cash tender offer, the 
Company owned approximately 99% of the share capital and 98% of the voting rights of Faiveley Transport.

•  On March 21, 2017, a mandatory squeeze-out procedure was finalized, which resulted in the Company acquiring 
the Faiveley Transport shares not tendered in the offers for approximately $17.5 million in cash.  This resulted in 
the Company owning 100% of the share capital and voting rights of Faiveley Transport.  

As of November 30, 2016, the date the Company acquired 51% of the share capital and 49% of the voting interest in 
Faiveley Transport, Faiveley Transport was consolidated under the variable interest entity model as the Company concluded 
that it was the primary beneficiary of Faiveley Transport as it then possessed the power to direct the activities of Faiveley 
Transport that most significantly impact its economic performance and it then possessed the obligation and right to absorb 
losses and benefits from Faiveley Transport. 

The purchase price paid for 100% ownership of Faiveley Transport was $1,507 million. The $744.7 million included as 

deposits in escrow on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2016 was cash designated for use as consideration for the 
tender offers.

28

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table shows our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years indicated.

In thousands

For the year ended December 31,

2018

2017

Net sales ..............................................................................................................................

$

4,363,547

$

3,881,756

$

Cost of sales ........................................................................................................................

Gross profit .........................................................................................................................

Selling, general and administrative expenses .....................................................................

Engineering expenses..........................................................................................................

Amortization expense .........................................................................................................

Total operating expenses.....................................................................................................

Income from operations ......................................................................................................

Interest expense, net............................................................................................................

Other income, net................................................................................................................

Income from operations before income taxes.....................................................................

Income tax expense.............................................................................................................

Net income ..........................................................................................................................

Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest ...................................................

(3,129,662)

1,233,885

(633,244)

(87,450)

(39,754)

(760,448)

473,437

(112,235)

6,380

367,582

(75,879)

291,703

3,241

(2,816,443)

1,065,313

(512,552)

(95,166)

(36,516)

(644,234)

421,079

(77,884)

8,868

352,063

(89,773)

262,290

(29)

Net income attributable to Wabtec shareholders.................................................................

$

294,944

$

262,261

$

2016

2,931,188

(2,006,949)

924,239

(373,559)

(71,375)

(22,698)

(467,632)

456,607

(50,298)

6,528

412,837

(99,433)

313,404

(8,517)

304,887

The following table summarizes the results of operations for the period:

2018 COMPARED TO 2017 

In thousands

For the year ended December 31,

2018

2017

Percent

Change

Freight Segment ..................................................................................................................

$

1,564,297

$

Transit Segment ..................................................................................................................

Net sales ........................................................................................................................

Income from operations ......................................................................................................

2,799,250

4,363,547

473,437

Net income attributable to Wabtec shareholders.................................................................

$

300,344

$

1,396,588

2,485,168

3,881,756

421,079

262,261

12.0%

12.6%

12.4%

12.4%

14.5%

The following table shows the major components of the change in sales in 2018 from 2017:

In thousands

Freight

Segment

Transit

Segment

2017 Net Sales ....................................................................................................................

$

1,396,588

$

2,485,168

$

Acquisitions ........................................................................................................................
Change in Sales by Product Line:

Specialty Products & Electronics..................................................................................

Brake Products ..............................................................................................................

Remanufacturing, Overhaul & Build............................................................................

Transit Products ............................................................................................................

Other .............................................................................................................................

Foreign exchange ................................................................................................................

50,876

83,829

85,098

21,561

(21,862)

—

33,174

(1,138)

73,797

104,642

15,356

(30,037)

3,044

63,451

Total

3,881,756

134,705

158,895

126,203

(6,506)

(30,037)

36,218

62,313

2018 Net Sales ....................................................................................................................

$

1,564,297

$

2,799,250

$

4,363,547

Net sales increased by $481.8 million to $4,363.5 million in 2018 from $3,881.8 million in 2017. The increase is 
primarily due to an organic increase of $158.9 million for Specialty Products and Electronics from higher demand for freight 
and transit original equipment rail products and train control and signaling products and services and a $126.2 million increase 
for Brake Products due to increased demand for original equipment brakes from freight and transit customers. Additionally, 
sales from acquisitions increased sales by $134.7 million, and favorable foreign exchange increased sales $62.3 million. 

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
Freight Segment sales increased by $167.7 million, or 12.0%, mostly from an organic increase of $85.1 million for 
Specialty Products and Electronics due to higher demand for freight original equipment rail products and train control and 
signaling products and services. Additionally, Other Products sales increased $33.2 million from increased spare parts demand 
resulting from an increase in rail traffic. Acquisitions increased sales by $50.9 million.

Transit Segment sales increased by $314.1 million, or 12.6%, primarily due to a $104.6 million increase for Brake 
Products from higher demand for original equipment brakes, $83.8 million from sales related to acquisitions, and $73.8 million 
for Specialty Products and Electronics from higher demand for train control and signaling products and services. Favorable 
foreign exchange increased sales by $63.5 million.

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit The following table shows the major components of cost of sales for the periods 

indicated:

In thousands

For the year ended December 31, 2018

Freight

Percentage of
Sales

Transit

Percentage of
Sales

Total

Percentage of
Sales

Material .......................................................... $

Labor ..............................................................

Overhead ........................................................

Other/Warranty...............................................

544,580

227,006

271,351

9,980

34.8% $

1,154,663

41.2% $

1,699,243

14.5%

17.3%

0.6%

484,581

382,539

54,962

17.3%

13.7%

2.0%

711,587

653,890

64,942

Total cost of sales.................................... $

1,052,917

67.2% $

2,076,745

74.2% $

3,129,662

38.9%

16.3%

15.0%

1.5%

71.7%

For the year ended December 31, 2017

In thousands

Freight

Percentage of
Sales

Transit

Percentage of
Sales

Total

Percentage of
Sales

Material .......................................................... $

Labor ..............................................................

Overhead ........................................................

Other/Warranty...............................................

526,727

186,863

233,786

7,148

37.7% $

1,123,571

45.2% $

1,650,298

13.4%

16.7%

0.5%

339,110

341,389

57,849

13.6%

13.7%

2.3%

525,973

575,175

64,997

Total cost of sales.................................... $

954,524

68.3% $

1,861,919

74.8% $

2,816,443

42.5%

13.5%

14.8%

1.7%

72.5%

Cost of sales increased by $313.2 million to $3,129.7 million in 2018 compared to $2,816.4 million in 2017.  In 2018, 
cost of sales as a percentage of sales was 71.7% compared to 72.5% in 2017. Cost of sales in 2018 includes $17.6 million of 
restructuring costs primarily in the Transit Segment.  Cost of sales in 2017 includes $44.5 million of project adjustments on 
certain projects and $11.8 million of restructuring and integration costs related to recent acquisitions, all of which were 
primarily in the Transit Segment.  Excluding the restructuring costs and contract adjustments in both years, cost of sales 
increased 0.2% as a percentage of sales.

Freight Segment cost of sales decreased 1.1% as a percentage of sales to 67.2% in 2018 compared to 68.3% in 2017.  

The decrease is primarily related to a favorable product mix which saw an increase in sales for train control and signaling 
products and services and freight car products due to an increase in freight cars built which have a higher margin. The train 
control and signaling products and services have lower material content and higher labor content which contributed to the 
decrease in material costs as a percentage of revenue and a subsequent increase in the labor percentage.  Additionally, there 
were $11.4 million of project adjustments and restructuring costs in 2017, which did not recur in 2018.

Transit Segment cost of sales decreased 0.6% as a percentage of sales to 74.2% in 2018 compared to 74.8% in 2017.  

Cost of sales in 2018 includes $15.9 million of restructuring costs primarily related to the downsizing of operations in the U.K. 
and consolidation of certain operations in the U.S. and China.  Cost of sales in 2017 includes $37.6 million of project 
adjustments on certain contracts primarily related to material and warranty cost and $7.3 million of restructuring and 
integration costs related to recent acquisitions.  Excluding the restructuring costs and contract adjustments in both years, Transit 
Segment cost of sales increased 0.5% as a percentage of sales.  This increase is a result of additional costs on projects primarily 
in the U.K.

Included in cost of sales is warranty expense. The provision for warranty expense is generally established for specific 

losses, along with historical estimates of customer claims as a percentage of sales, which can cause variability in warranty 
expense between quarters. Warranty expense was $58.0 million in 2018 compared to $50.4 million in 2017. The increase in 
warranty expense is primarily related to the increase in sales.

30

Operating expenses The following table shows our operating expenses:

In thousands

Selling, general and administrative expenses................................

$

Engineering expenses ....................................................................

Amortization expense....................................................................

Total operating expenses .........................................................

$

2018

633,244

87,450

39,754

760,448

For the year ended December 31,

Percentage of

Sales

14.5% $

2.0%

0.9%

17.4% $

2017

512,552

95,166

36,516

644,234

Percentage of

Sales

13.2%

2.5%

0.9%

16.6%

Total operating expenses as a percentage of sales increased 0.8% to 17.4% in 2018 compared to 16.6% in 2017.  Selling, 

general, and administrative expenses increased $120.7 million, or 23.5%, primarily due to $21.3 million of costs related to the 
GE Transportation transaction, $20.3 million of restructuring costs related to the exit of certain operations and headcount 
reductions across the company, $7.2 million of costs related to a goods and service tax law change in India, $14.8 million of 
increased employee benefit costs and $18.0 million in incremental expense from acquisitions.  Changes in foreign currency 
rates increased selling, general, and administrative expenses by $14.1 million and organic sales volume increases contributed to 
the remainder of the change. In 2017, selling, general, and administrative expenses included $29.7 million of Faiveley 
Transport transaction and restructuring costs. Engineering expense decreased by $7.7 million, or 13.8%, primarily due to 
timing of research and development expenses. Amortization expense increased $3.1 million due to amortization of intangibles 
associated with acquisitions. 

The following table shows our segment operating expenses:

In thousands

2018

2017

Freight Segment ..................................................................................................................

$

206,549

$

Transit Segment ..................................................................................................................

Corporate.............................................................................................................................

494,565

59,334

Total operating expenses...............................................................................................

$

760,448

$

177,787

435,031

31,416

644,234

Percent

Change

16.2%

13.7%

88.9%

18.0%

For the year ended December 31,

Freight Segment operating expenses increased $28.8 million, or 16.2%, in 2018 and increased 50 basis points to 13.2% 

of sales. The increase is primarily attributable to increased sales and marketing expenses of $4.0 million attributable to the 
increased sales volumes, increased employee benefit costs of $5.4 million, and $11.1 million of incremental operating expenses 
from prior year acquisitions.

Transit Segment operating expenses increased $59.5 million, or 13.7%, in 2018 and increased 20 basis points to 17.7% 

of sales.  Operating expense included $18.3 million and $20.0 million of restructuring and integration charges in 2018 and 
2017, respectively.  The 2018 restructuring charges related to the exit of certain operations and headcount reductions and the 
2017 restructuring charges related to Faiveley Transportation integration costs.  Additionally, in 2018, operating expenses 
includes $7.2 million of costs related to a goods and service tax law change in India.  Excluding the restructuring and 
integration costs in both years and the impact of the goods and service tax law change in 2018, Transit operating expenses 
increased $54.1 million.  This increase is primarily due to increased sales volumes, increase employee benefits costs of $9.5 
million, and $11.0 million of incremental operating expenses from acquisitions.  In addition, changes in foreign currency rates 
increased operating expenses by $15.8 million.

Corporate non-allocated operating expenses increased $27.9 million in 2018 due primarily to costs related to the GE 

Transportation transaction of $21.3 million and increased litigation costs of $6.7 million.  The prior year operating costs 
included $5.7 million related to the Faiveley integration. 

Interest expense, net Overall interest expense, net, increased $34.4 million in 2018 because of interest expense 
associated with the proposed GE Transportation transaction of $29.3 million.  In addition, net interest expense in the prior year 
included a $2.2 million benefit related to the prepayment of debt assumed in the Faiveley Transport acquisition.

Other expense, net Other expense, net, decreased $2.5 million to $6.4 million for 2018, compared to 2017.  

Income taxes The effective income tax rate was 20.6% and 25.5% in 2018 and 2017, respectively. On December 22, 
2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Act. The U.S. tax reform 
bill lowered the Federal statutory tax rate from 35% to 21% beginning January 1, 2018. The decrease in the effective tax for the 

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
twelve months ended December 31, 2018 is the result of a higher earnings mix in lower tax jurisdictions as well as a benefit 
from the completion of the accounting for the income tax effects of the Tax Act and the adjustment to the provisional amounts 
previously recorded in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 which was partially offset by the reversal of 
non-recurring tax benefits recorded in the twelve months ended December 31, 2018.

The following table summarizes the results of operations for the period:

2017 COMPARED TO 2016 

For the year ended December 31,

In thousands

2017

2016

Freight Segment ..................................................................................................................

$

1,396,588

$

Transit Segment ..................................................................................................................

Net sales ........................................................................................................................

Income from operations ......................................................................................................

Net income attributable to Wabtec shareholders.................................................................

$

2,485,168

3,881,756

421,079

262,261

1,543,098

1,388,090

2,931,188

456,607

304,887

The following table shows the major components of the change in sales in 2017 from 2016:

In thousands

Freight

Segment

Transit

Segment

2016 Net Sales ....................................................................................................................

$

1,543,098

$

1,388,090

$

Acquisition..........................................................................................................................
Change in Sales by Product Line:

Specialty Products & Electronics..................................................................................

Remanufacturing, Overhaul & Build............................................................................

Brake Products ..............................................................................................................

Transit Products ............................................................................................................

Other .............................................................................................................................

Foreign exchange ................................................................................................................

148,122

1,035,061

(164,532)

(79,129)

(51,595)

—

(480)

1,104

8,502

10,548

2,473

45,462

1,397

(6,365)

Percent

Change

(9.5)%

79.0 %

32.4 %

(7.8)%

(14.0)%

Total

2,931,188

1,183,183

(156,030)

(68,581)

(49,122)

45,462

917

(5,261)

2017 Net Sales ....................................................................................................................

$

1,396,588

$

2,485,168

$

3,881,756

Net sales increased by $950.6 million to $3,881.8 million in 2017 from $2,931.2 million in 2016. The increase is due 
to sales from acquisitions of $1,183.2 million with the majority related to the Faiveley Transport acquisition. This increase was 
partially offset by a $156.0 million decrease for Specialty Products and Electronics due to lower demand for freight original 
equipment rail products and train control and signaling products and services, a $68.6 million decrease for Remanufacturing, 
Overhaul and Build primarily due to the absence of a large locomotive rebuild contract that completed in 2016, and a $49.1 
million decrease for Brake products due to lower demand for original equipment brakes from freight and transit customers. 
Unfavorable foreign exchange decreased sales $5.3 million.

Freight Segment sales decreased by $146.5 million, or 9.5%, primarily due to a $164.5 million decrease for Specialty 
Products and Electronics sales from lower demand for freight original equipment rail products and train control and signaling 
products attributable to lower freight car and locomotive builds, a decrease of $79.1 million for Remanufacturing, Overhaul 
and Build sales due to a large locomotive rebuild contract that was completed in 2016, and a $51.6 million decrease in Brake 
Products sales from lower demand for original equipment brakes and aftermarket services. Acquisitions increased sales by 
$148.1 million and favorable foreign exchange increased sales by $1.1 million.

Transit Segment sales increased by $1,097.1 million, or 79.0%, primarily due to an increase in sales from acquisitions of 

$1,035.1 million with the majority related to the Faiveley Transport acquisition. Additionally, Transit Products sales increased 
$45.5 million from increased demand in original train doors, air conditioning systems, and other transit electronics, Overhaul & 
Build sales increased $10.5 million due to an increase in transit overhaul demand, and Specialty Products & Electronics sales 
increased $8.5 million due to increased demand for transit train control and signaling products and services. Unfavorable 
foreign exchange decreased sales by $6.4 million.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of Sales and Gross Profit The following table shows the major components of cost of sales for the periods 

indicated:

In thousands

For the year ended December 31, 2017

Freight

Percentage of
Sales

Transit

Percentage of
Sales

Total

Percentage of
Sales

Material .......................................................... $

Labor ..............................................................

Overhead ........................................................

Other/Warranty...............................................

526,727

186,863

233,786

7,148

37.7% $

1,123,571

45.2% $

1,650,298

13.4%

16.7%

0.5%

339,110

341,389

57,849

13.6%

13.7%

2.3%

525,973

575,175

64,997

Total cost of sales.................................... $

954,524

68.3% $

1,861,919

74.8% $

2,816,443

42.5%

13.5%

14.8%

1.7%

72.5%

In thousands

For the year ended December 31, 2016

Freight

Percentage of
Sales

Transit

Percentage of
Sales

Total

Percentage of
Sales

Material .......................................................... $

Labor ..............................................................

Overhead ........................................................

Other/Warranty...............................................

590,876

176,518

242,956

5,575

38.3% $

587,516

42.3% $

1,178,392

11.4%

15.7%

0.4%

170,481

213,821

19,206

12.3%

15.4%

1.4%

346,999

456,777

24,781

Total cost of sales.................................... $

1,015,925

65.8% $

991,024

71.4% $

2,006,949

40.2%

11.8%

15.6%

0.8%

68.4%

Cost of sales increased by $809.5 million to $2,816.4 million in 2017 compared to $2,006.9 million in the same period 

of 2016.  For the twelve months ended 2017, cost of sales as a percentage of sales was 72.5% compared to 68.4% in the same 
period of 2016. The increase as a percentage of sales is due to product mix largely attributable to higher transit segment sales 
due to acquisitions, along with an unfavorable product mix within the freight segment.  Also contributing to the increase were 
higher project adjustments of $44.5 million recorded on certain existing contracts and $11.8 million of restructuring and 
integration costs related to recent acquisitions.

Freight Segment cost of sales increased 2.5% as a percentage of sales to 68.3% in 2017 compared to 65.8% for the same 
period of 2016.  The increase is primarily related to lower demand for freight original equipment rail products and train control 
and signaling products and services which typically offer a higher margin, higher project adjustments of $6.9 million on certain 
existing contracts related to labor, material and warranty costs, and $4.5 million of restructuring and integration costs related to 
recent acquisitions.

Transit Segment cost of sales increased 3.4% as a percentage of sales to 74.8% in 2017 compared to 71.4% for the same 

period in 2016.  The increase is primarily related to product mix largely attributable to the acquisition of Faiveley Transport, 
which has lower overall margins and higher project adjustments of $37.6 million on certain existing contracts primarily related 
to material and warranty costs and $7.3 million of restructuring and integration costs related to recent acquisitions.

Included in cost of sales is warranty expense. The provision for warranty expense is generally established for specific 

losses, along with historical estimates of customer claims as a percentage of sales, which can cause variability in warranty 
expense between quarters. Warranty expense was $50.4 million in 2017 compared to $28.9 million in 2016. The increase in 
warranty expense is primarily related to the increase in sales and the contract adjustments noted above.

33

 
Operating expenses The following table shows our operating expenses:

In thousands

Selling, general and administrative expenses................................

$

Engineering expenses ....................................................................

Amortization expense....................................................................

Total operating expenses .........................................................

$

2017

512,552

95,166

36,516

644,234

For the year ended December 31,

Percentage of

Sales

13.2% $

2.5%

0.9%

16.6% $

2016

373,559

71,375

22,698

467,632

Percentage of

Sales

12.7%

2.4%

0.8%

15.9%

Total operating expenses were 16.6% and 15.9% of sales for 2017 and 2016, respectively.  Selling, general, and 
administrative expenses increased $139.0 million, or 37.2%, primarily due to $174.7 million in incremental expense from 
acquisitions partially offset by lower costs due to cost saving initiatives and lower organic sales volumes. Engineering expense 
increased $23.8 million or 33.3% primarily due to additional expenses from acquisitions and remained a relatively consistent as 
a percentage of sales. Amortization expense increased $13.8 million due to amortization of intangibles associated with new 
acquisitions.

The following table shows our segment operating expenses:

In thousands

2017

2016

Freight Segment ..................................................................................................................

$

177,787

$

Transit Segment ..................................................................................................................

Corporate.............................................................................................................................

435,031

31,416

Total operating expenses...............................................................................................

$

644,234

$

183,595

226,497

57,540

467,632

Percent

Change

(3.2)%

92.1 %

(45.4)%

37.8 %

For the year ended December 31,

Freight Segment operating expenses decreased $5.8 million, or 3.2%, in 2017 and increased 80 basis points to 12.7% 
of sales.  The decrease is primarily attributable to reduced sales volumes and realized benefits associated with the cost saving 
initiatives undertaken in 2017 partially offset by $19.7 million of incremental operating expenses from acquisitions and $3.2 
million related to integration and restructuring costs.

Transit Segment operating expenses increased $208.5 million, or 92.1%, in 2017 and increased 120 basis points to 
17.5% of sales.  The increase is primarily related to $191 million of incremental operating expenses related to acquisitions and 
$20 million related to integration and restructuring costs related to recent acquisitions.

Corporate non-allocated operating expenses decreased $26.1 million in 2017 primarily due to a decrease in Faiveley 

Transport transaction and integration costs as well as benefits from cost savings initiatives undertaken in 2017 and 2016.

Interest expense, net Overall interest expense, net, increased $27.6 million in 2017 due to a higher overall debt balance 

in 2017 compared to 2016, primarily related to the Faiveley Transport acquisition and higher interest rates.

Other (expense) income, net Other income, net, increased $2.3 million to $8.9 million for 2017, compared to 2016 

primarily due to an increase in equity income earned on unconsolidated subsidiaries.

Income taxes The effective income tax rate was 25.5% and 24.1% in 2017 and 2016, respectively. On December 22, 

2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "U.S. 
tax reform bill"). On December 23, 2017, the French government enacted the Finance Act for 2018 and it was published in the 
Official Bulletin on December 31, 2017.  As a result, tax expense increased by $55.0 million related to the U.S. tax reform bill, 
see Note 12 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Part IV, Item 8 of this report for further explanation.  
This was offset by decreases of $50.7 million primarily due to the revaluation of the net U.S. and French deferred tax liabilities 
as a result of the tax law enactments and the result of a lower earnings mix in higher tax rate jurisdictions. The net favorable 
deferred tax benefits related to the adjustment of deferred tax liabilities which had originally been established in prior periods.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity is provided by operating cash flow and borrowings under the Company’s unsecured credit facility with a 

consortium of commercial banks. The following is a summary of selected cash flow information and other relevant data:

In thousands

Cash provided by (used for):

For the year ended
December 31,

2018

2017

2016

Operating activities ......................................................................................................

$

Investing activities .......................................................................................................

314,671

$

(147,287)

188,811

$

(1,033,474)

450,530

(232,966)

Financing activities:

Proceeds from debt ................................................................................................

Payments of debt....................................................................................................

Stock repurchases...................................................................................................

Cash dividends .......................................................................................................

3,480,702

(1,453,954)

—

(46,277)

1,216,740

(1,269,537)

—

(42,218)

1,875,000

(1,102,748)

(212,176)

(32,430)

Operating activities. Cash provided by operations in 2018 was $314.7 million compared with $188.8 million in 2017.  

In comparison to 2017, cash provided by operations increased due to favorable working capital performance and higher net 
income of $29.4 million.  The major components of the increase in cash provided by operations were as follows: a favorable 
change in accounts payable of $140.5 million due to the timing of payments to suppliers, a favorable change in taxes of $22.4 
million due to the revaluation of deferred taxes caused by the Tax Cut and Jobs Act (the "Tax Act") and the timing of income 
tax payments, and a favorable change in accrued liabilities and customer deposits of $50.6 million due to an increase in 
customer advances during 2018.  These favorable changes in working capital were offset by an unfavorable change in inventory 
of $99.9 million due to efforts to ramp up production in anticipation of stronger product demand in 2019.

 Cash provided by operations in 2017 was $188.8 million compared with $450.5 million in 2016. In comparison to 2016, 
cash provided by operations decreased due to unfavorable working capital performance and lower net income of $51.1 million.  
The major components of working capital were as follows: an unfavorable change of $88.4 million in accounts receivable 
primarily due to higher sales, an unfavorable change in accounts payable of $72.8 million due to the timing of payments to 
suppliers, an unfavorable change of $25.4 million in other assets and liabilities primarily due to an unfavorable change in 
accrued liabilities due to payments related to contract liabilities, accrued expenses, and acquisition costs in 2017, and an 
unfavorable change in inventory of $54.3 million due to efforts to ramp up production in anticipation of stronger product 
demand in 2018.

Investing activities. In 2018, 2017 and 2016, cash used in investing activities was $147.3 million, $1,033.5 million and 
$233.0 million, respectively. The major components of the cash outflow in 2018 were planned additions to property, plant, and 
equipment of $93.3 million for continued investments in our facilities and manufacturing processes and $51.2 million in net 
cash paid for acquisitions.  These outflows were partially offset by $11.3 million in proceeds from disposal of property, plant, 
and equipment. This compares to $89.5 million for property, plant, and equipment and $945.3 million in net cash paid for 
acquisitions in 2017, primarily related to the acquisition of Faiveley Transport. In 2016, $50.2 million of cash was used to 
purchase property, plant, and equipment and net cash paid for acquisitions was $183.1 million. 

Financing activities. In 2018, cash provided by financing activities was $1,978.1 million, which included $2,500.0 
million in proceeds from new borrowings, $980.7 million in proceeds from the revolving credit facility, $1,453.9 million in 
repayments of debt, and $46.3 million of dividend payments. In 2017, cash used for financing activities was $97.4 million, 
which included $1,216.7 million in proceeds from the revolving credit facility debt, $1,269.5 million of repayments of debt on 
the revolving credit facility, and dividend payments of $42.2 million. In 2016, cash provided by financing activities was $523.0 
million, which included $1,125.0 million in proceeds from the revolving credit facility debt, $770.0 million of repayments of 
debt on the revolving credit facility, $332.7 million in repayments of other debt, which was primarily driven by repayments of 
debt acquired from the purchase of Faiveley Transport, $750.0 million of new borrowings on the 2026 Senior Notes, $32.4 
million of dividend payments and $212.2 million of Wabtec stock repurchases.

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table shows outstanding indebtedness at December 31, 2018 and 2017:

In thousands

Floating Senior Notes, due 2021, net of unamortized debt
      issuance costs of $3,204

4.150% Senior Notes, due 2024, net of unamortized debt
      issuance costs of $7,043

4.70% Senior Notes, due 2028, net of unamortized debt
     issuance costs of $10,343

3.45% Senior Notes, due 2026, net of unamortized debt 
     issuance costs of $1,718 and $2,345

4.375% Senior Notes, due 2023, net of unamortized 
     discount and debt issuance costs of $1,177 and $1,433

Revolving Credit Facility, net of unamortized 
     debt issuance costs of $3,138 and $2,451

Other Borrowings

Total

Less - current portion

Long-term portion

December 31,

2018

2017

$

496,796

$

742,957

1,239,657

748,282

248,823

338,112

42,246

3,856,873

64,099

—

—

—

747,655

248,567

853,124

21,182

1,870,528

47,225

$

3,792,774

$

1,823,303

On September 14, 2018 the Company issued $2.5 billion of senior notes with three different maturities.

•  Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2021 - The Company issued $500.0 million of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2021 
(the "Floating Rate Notes").  The Floating Rate Notes, which are non-callable for one year, were issued at 100% of 
face value.  Interest on the Floating Rate Notes accrues at a floating rate per annum equal to three-month Libor plus 
105 basis points.  The interest rate for the Floating Rate Notes for the initial interest period was the three-month Libor 
plus 105 basis points determined on September 12, 2018 and is payable quarterly on December 15, March 15, June 15, 
and September 15 of each year.  The Company incurred $3.5 million of deferred financing costs related to the issuance 
of the Floating Rate Notes.

• 

• 

4.150% Senior Notes due 2024 - The Company issued $750.0 million of 4.150% Senior Notes due 2024 (the "2024 
Notes").  The 2024 Notes were issued at 99.805% of face value.  Interest on the 2024 Notes accrues at a rate of 
4.150% per annum and is payable semi-annually on March 15 and September 15 of each year.  The Company incurred 
$7.4 million of deferred financing costs related to the issuance of the 2024 Notes.

4.70% Senior Notes Due 2028 - The Company issued $1,250.0 million of 4.70% Senior Notes due 2028 (the "2028 
Notes" and together with the Floating Rate Notes and 2024 Notes, the "Senior Notes").  The 2028 Notes were issued at 
99.889% of face value.  Interest on the 2028 Notes accrues at a rate of 4.700% per annum and is payable semi-
annually on March 15 and September 15 of each year.  The Company incurred $10.6 million of deferred financing 
costs related to the issuance of the 2028 Notes.

The net proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Senior Notes was used to finance the cash portion of the GE 

Transportation acquisition.  The principal balances are due in full at maturity.  The Senior Notes are senior unsecured 
obligations of the Company and rank pari passu with all existing and future senior debt and senior to all existing and future 
subordinated indebtedness of the Company.  The indenture under which the Senior Notes were issued contains covenants and 
restrictions which limit among other things, the following: the incurrence of indebtedness, payment of dividends and certain 
distributions, sales of assets, change in control, mergers and consolidations and the incurrence of liens. 

On February 12, 2019, the rating assigned by Moody's was decreased to Ba1.  Accordingly, pursuant to the respective 
terms of the Senior Notes issued on September 14, 2018, the interest rate will be increased by 0.25%.  The interest rate increase 
will take effect from the next interest period following February 12, 2019.

The Company is in compliance with the restrictions and covenants in the indenture under which the Senior Notes were 

issued and expects that these restrictions and covenants will not be any type of limiting factor in executing our operating 
activities.

3.45% Senior Notes Due November 2026

In October 2016, the Company issued $750.0 million of Senior Notes due in 2026 (the “2016 Notes”).  The 2016 Notes 

were issued at 99.965% of face value.  Interest on the 2016 Notes accrues at a rate of 3.45% per annum and is payable semi-
annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year.  The proceeds were used to finance the cash portion of the Faiveley 

36

 
 
 
Transport acquisition, refinance Faiveley Transport’s indebtedness, and for general corporate purposes.  The principal balance 
is due in full at maturity.  The Company incurred $2.7 million of deferred financing costs related to the issuance of the 2016 
Notes.  

The 2016 Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and rank pari passu with all existing and future senior 

debt and senior to all existing and future subordinated indebtedness of the Company. The indenture under which the 2016 Notes 
were issued contains covenants and restrictions which limit among other things, the following: the incurrence of indebtedness, 
payment of dividends and certain distributions, sale of assets, change in control, mergers and consolidations and the incurrence 
of liens.

The Company is in compliance with the restrictions and covenants in the indenture under which the 2016 Notes were 

issued and expects that these restrictions and covenants will not be any type of limiting factor in executing our operating 
activities.

4.375% Senior Notes Due August 2023

In August 2013, the Company issued $250.0 million of Senior Notes due in 2023 (the “2013 Notes”).  The 2013 Notes 
were issued at 99.879% of face value.  Interest on the 2013 Notes accrues at a rate of 4.375% per annum and is payable semi-
annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year.  The proceeds were used to repay debt outstanding under the Company’s 
existing credit agreement, and for general corporate purposes.  The principal balance is due in full at maturity.  The Company 
incurred $2.6 million of deferred financing costs related to the issuance of the 2013 Notes.  

The 2013 Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and rank pari passu with all existing and future senior 
debt and senior to all existing and future subordinated indebtedness of the Company. The indenture under which the 2013 Notes 
were issued contains covenants and restrictions which limit among other things, the following: the incurrence of indebtedness, 
payment of dividends and certain distributions, sale of assets, change in control, mergers and consolidations and the incurrence 
of liens.

The Company is in compliance with the restrictions and covenants in the indenture under which the 2013 Notes were 

issued and expects that these restrictions and covenants will not be any type of limiting factor in executing our operating 
activities.

2018 Refinancing Credit Agreement 

On June 8, 2018, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “2018 Refinancing Credit Agreement”), which 

replaced the Company’s then-existing “2016 Refinancing Credit Agreement.”  As part of the 2018 Refinancing Credit 
Agreement, the Company entered into (i) a $1.2 billion revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), which 
replaced the Company’s revolving credit facility under the 2016 Refinancing Credit Agreement, and includes a letter of credit 
sub-facility of up to $450.0 million and a swing line sub-facility of $75.0 million, (ii) a $350.0 million term loan (the 
“Refinancing Term Loan”), which refinanced the term loan under the 2016 Refinancing Credit Agreement, and (iii) a new 
$400.0 million delayed draw term loan (the “Delayed Draw Term Loan”). The 2018 Refinancing Credit Agreement also 
provided for a bridge loan facility (the “Bridge Loan Facility”) in an amount not to exceed $2.5 billion, such facility to become 
effective at the Company’s request. Commitments in respect of the Bridge Loan Facility were terminated upon the issuance and 
sale of the Senior Notes on September 14, 2018. In addition, the 2018 Refinancing Credit Agreement contains an uncommitted 
accordion feature allowing the Company to request, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $600.0 million, increases to the 
borrowing commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility or a new incremental term loan commitment. At December 31, 
2018, the Company had available bank borrowing capacity, net of $29.2 million of letters of credit, of approximately $1,170.8 
million subject to certain financial covenant restrictions.

The Revolving Credit Facility matures on June 8, 2023 and is unsecured. The Refinancing Term Loan matures on June 8, 
2021 and is unsecured. The Delayed Draw Term Loan matures on the third anniversary of the date on which it is borrowed and 
is unsecured. The applicable interest rate for borrowings under the 2018 Refinancing Credit Agreement includes interest rate 
spreads based on the lower of the pricing corresponding to (i) the Company’s ratio of total debt (less unrestricted cash up to 
$300.0 million) to EBITDA (“Leverage Ratio”) or (ii) the Company’s public rating, in each case that range between 1.000% 
and 1.875% for LIBOR/CDOR-based borrowings and 0.0% and 0.875% for Alternate Base Rate based borrowings. The 
obligations of the Company under the 2018 Refinancing Credit Agreement have been guaranteed by certain of the Company’s 
subsidiaries. 

  The 2018 Refinancing Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties by the Company and its 
subsidiaries, including customary use of materiality, material adverse effect, and knowledge qualifiers. The Company and its 
subsidiaries are also subject to (i) customary affirmative covenants that impose certain reporting obligations on the Company 
and its subsidiaries and (ii) customary negative covenants, including limitations on: indebtedness; liens; restricted payments; 

37

fundamental changes; business activities; transactions with affiliates; restrictive agreements; changes in fiscal year; and use of 
proceeds. In addition, the Company is required to maintain (i) an Interest Coverage ratio at least 3.00 to 1.00 over each period 
of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the last day of a fiscal quarter and (ii) a Leverage Ratio, calculated as of the last 
day of a fiscal quarter for a period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, of 3.25 to 1.00 or less; provided that, in the event the 
Company completes the Direct Sale and the Merger or any other material acquisition in which the cash consideration paid 
exceeds $500.0 million, the maximum Leverage Ratio permitted will be 3.75 to 1.00 at the end of the fiscal quarter in which 
such acquisition is consummated and each of the three fiscal quarters immediately following such fiscal quarter and 3.50 to 
1.00 at the end of each of the fourth and fifth full fiscal quarters after the consummation of such acquisition. The Company is in 
compliance with the restrictions and covenants of the 2018 Refinancing Credit Agreement and does not expect that these 
measurements will limit the Company in executing its operating activities.

At December 31, 2018, the weighted average interest rate on the Company’s variable rate debt was 3.68%.  On June 5, 
2014, the Company entered into a forward starting interest rate swap agreement with a notional value of $150.0 million.  The 
effective date of the interest rate swap agreement was November 7, 2016, and the termination date was December 19, 2018. 

2016 Refinancing Credit Agreement

On June 22, 2016, the Company amended its existing revolving credit facility with a consortium of commercial banks. 

This “2016 Refinancing Credit Agreement” provided the Company with a $1.2 billion, 5 year revolving credit facility and a 
$400.0 million delayed draw term loan (the “Term Loan”). The Company incurred approximately $3.3 million of deferred 
financing cost related to the 2016 Refinancing Credit Agreement. The 2016 Refinancing Credit Agreement borrowings bore 
variable interest rates indexed as described below. 

Under the 2016 Refinancing Credit Agreement, the Company could elect a Base Rate of interest for U.S. Dollar 
denominated loans or, for certain currencies, an interest rate based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) of 
interest, or other rates appropriate for such currencies (in any case, “the Alternate Rate”). The Base Rate adjusted on a daily 
basis and was the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.50% per annum, the PNC, N.A. prime rate or the Daily 
LIBOR Rate plus 100 basis points, plus a margin that ranged from 0 to 75 basis points. The Alternate Rate was based on the 
quoted rates specific to the applicable currency, plus a margin that ranged from 75 to 175 basis points. Both the Base Rate and 
Alternate Rate margins were dependent on the Company’s consolidated total indebtedness to EBITDA ratios. The initial Base 
Rate margin was 0 basis points and the Alternate Rate margin was 175 basis points.

38

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company is obligated to make future payments under various contracts such as debt agreements, lease agreements 
and has certain contingent commitments such as debt guarantees. The Company has grouped these contractual obligations and 
off-balance sheet arrangements into operating activities, financing activities, and investing activities in the same manner as they 
are classified in the Statement of Consolidated Cash Flows to provide a better understanding of the nature of the obligations 
and arrangements and to provide a basis for comparison to historical information. The table below provides a summary of 
contractual obligations and off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2018:

In thousands

Operating activities:

Total

Less than

1 year

1 - 3

years

3 - 5

years

More than

5 years

Purchase obligations (1)..............................................

$

149,624

$

38,777

$

46,276

$

23,176

$

Operating leases (2) ....................................................

Pension benefit payments (3)......................................

Postretirement benefit payments (4) ...........................

Financing activities:

Interest payments (5)...................................................

Long-term debt (6)......................................................

Dividends to shareholders (7) .....................................

Other:

190,410

167,825

10,065

1,068,729

3,856,873

46,375

36,429

14,789

1,158

158,450

64,099

46,375

55,417

30,848

2,221

302,129

801,367

—

35,503

33,108

2,113

250,191

248,927

—

41,395

63,061

89,080

4,573

357,959

2,742,480

—

Standby letters of credit (8)

354,176

14,566

121,443

112,879

105,288

Total ..................................................................................

$

5,844,077

$

374,643

$

1,359,701

$

705,897

$

3,403,836

(1)  Purchase obligations represent non-cancelable contractual obligations at December 31, 2018.  In addition, the 
Company had $441.9 million of open purchase orders for which the related goods or services had not been 
received.  Although open purchase orders are considered enforceable and legally binding, their terms generally allow 
us the option to cancel, reschedule and adjust our requirements based on our business needs prior to the delivery of 
goods or performance of services.

(2)  Future minimum payments for operating leases are disclosed by year in Note 16 of the “Notes to Consolidated 

Financial Statements” included in Part IV, Item 15 of this report.

(3)  Annual payments to participants are expected to continue into the foreseeable future at the amounts or ranges noted. 

Pension benefit payments are based on actuarial estimates using current assumptions for discount rates, expected return 
on long-term assets and rate of compensation increases. The Company expects to contribute about $6.4 million to 
pension plan investments in 2019. See further disclosure in Note 11 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements” included in Part IV, Item 15 of this report.

(4)  Annual payments to participants are expected to continue into the foreseeable future at the amounts or ranges noted. 

Postretirement payments are based on actuarial estimates using current assumptions for discount rates and health care 
costs. See further disclosure in Note 11 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Part IV, 
Item 15 of this report.

(5)  Interest payments are payable March, June, September and December of each year at a rate based on contractual terms 
of Floating Senior Notes due 2021.  Interest payments are payable May and September of each year at 4.15% of $750 
million Senior Notes due 2024.  Interest payments are payable March and September of each year at 4.7% of $1,250 
million Senior Note due 2028.   Interest payments are payable May and November of each year at 3.45% of $750 
million Senior Notes due in 2026.  Interest payments are payable February and August of each year at 4.375% of $250 
million Senior Notes due in 2023. Interest payments for the Revolving Credit Facility and Other Borrowings are based 
on contractual terms and the Company’s current interest rates.

(6)  Scheduled principal repayments of outstanding loan balances are disclosed in Note 10 of the “Notes to Consolidated 

Financial Statements” included in Part IV, Item 15 of this report.

(7)  Shareholder dividends are subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors, currently at an annual rate of 

approximately $46.4 million.

(8)  The $354.2 million of standby letters of credit is comprised of outstanding letters of credit for performance and bid 

bond purposes, which expire in various dates through 2025. Amounts include interest payments based on contractual 
terms and the Company’s current interest rate.

The above table does not reflect uncertain tax positions of $9.5 million, the timing of which are uncertain. Refer to Note 

12 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information on uncertain tax positions.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations for operating activities. The Company has entered into $149.6 million of material long-term non-cancelable 

materials and supply purchase obligations. Operating leases represent multi-year obligations for rental of facilities and 
equipment. Estimated pension funding and post-retirement benefit payments are based on actuarial estimates using current 
assumptions for discount rates, expected return on long-term assets, rate of compensation increases and health care cost trend 
rates. Benefits paid for pension obligations were $16.9 million and $16.0 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively. Benefits paid 
for post-retirement plans were $1.0 million and $1.2 million in 2018 and in 2017, respectively.

Obligations for financing activities. Cash requirements for financing activities consist primarily of long-term debt 
repayments, interest payments and dividend payments to shareholders. The Company has historically paid quarterly dividends 
to shareholders, subject to quarterly approval by our Board of Directors, currently at a rate of approximately $46.4 million 
annually.

The Company arranges for performance bonds to be issued by third party insurance companies to support certain long 

term customer contracts. At December 31, 2018, the initial value of performance bonds issued on the Company’s behalf is 
about $507 million.

Forward Looking Statements

We believe that all statements other than statements of historical facts included in this report, including certain 
statements under “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” 
may constitute forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and 
projections about future events. Although we believe that our assumptions made in connection with the forward-looking 
statements are reasonable, we cannot assure that our assumptions and expectations are correct.

These forward-looking statements are subject to various risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, including, among 

other things:

Economic and industry conditions

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

prolonged unfavorable economic and industry conditions in the markets served by us, including North America, South 
America, Europe, Australia, Asia and South Africa;
decline in demand for freight cars, locomotives, passenger transit cars, buses and related products and services;
reliance on major original equipment manufacturer customers;
original equipment manufacturers’ program delays;
demand for services in the freight and passenger rail industry;
demand for our products and services;
orders either being delayed, canceled, not returning to historical levels, or reduced or any combination of the foregoing;
consolidations in the rail industry;
continued outsourcing by our customers; 
industry demand for faster and more efficient braking equipment;
fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates; or
availability of credit;

Operating factors

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

supply disruptions;
technical difficulties;
changes in operating conditions and costs;
increases in raw material costs;
successful introduction of new products;
performance under material long-term contracts;
labor relations;
the outcome of our existing or any future legal proceedings, including litigation involving our principal customers and 
any litigation with respect to environmental matters, asbestos-related matters, pension liabilities, warranties, product 
liabilities or intellectual property claims;
completion and integration of acquisitions, including the acquisition of Faiveley Transport and GE Transportation; or
the development and use of new technology;

Competitive factors

• 
• 

the actions of competitors; or
the outcome of negotiations with partners, suppliers, customers or others;

40

Political/governmental factors

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

political stability in relevant areas of the world;
future regulation/deregulation of our customers and/or the rail industry;
levels of governmental funding on transit projects, including for some of our customers;
political developments and laws and regulations, including those related to Positive Train Control; or
federal and state income tax legislation; and
the outcome of negotiations with governments.

Statements in this 10-K apply only as of the date on which such statements are made, and we undertake no obligation to 

update any statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the 
occurrence of unanticipated events.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires 
Management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions regarding uncertainties that affect the reported amounts of assets 
and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Areas of 
uncertainty that require judgments, estimates and assumptions include the accounting for allowance for doubtful accounts, 
inventories, the testing of goodwill and other intangibles for impairment, warranty reserves, pensions and other postretirement 
benefits, stock based compensation and tax matters. Management uses historical experience and all available information to 
make these judgments and estimates, and actual results will inevitably differ from those estimates and assumptions that are 
used to prepare the Company’s financial statements at any given time. Despite these inherent limitations, Management believes 
that Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) and the financial 
statements and related footnotes provide a meaningful and fair perspective of the Company. A discussion of the judgments and 
uncertainties associated with accounting for derivatives and environmental matters can be found in Notes 2 and 19, 
respectively, in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Part IV, Item 15 of this report.

A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies is included in Note 2 in the “Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements” included in Part IV, Item 15 of this report and is incorporated by reference herein. Management believes 
that the application of these policies on a consistent basis enables the Company to provide the users of the financial statements 
with useful and reliable information about the Company’s operating results and financial condition.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:

Description The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts to cover anticipated losses on uncollectible accounts 
receivable.

Judgments and Uncertainties  The allowance for doubtful accounts receivable reflects our best estimate of probable losses 
inherent in our receivable portfolio determined on the basis of historical experience, specific allowances for known troubled 
accounts and other currently available evidence.

Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions  If our estimates regarding the collectability of troubled accounts, and/or our 
actual losses within our receivable portfolio exceed our historical experience, we may be exposed to the expense of increasing 
our allowance for doubtful accounts.

Inventories:

Description Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market and are reviewed to ensure that an adequate provision is 
recognized for excess, slow moving and obsolete inventories.

Judgments and Uncertainties Cost is determined under the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Inventory costs include material, 
labor and overhead. The Company compares inventory components to prior year sales history and current backlog and 
anticipated future requirements. To the extent that inventory parts exceed estimated usage and demand, a reserve is recognized 
to reduce the carrying value of inventory. Also, specific reserves are established for known inventory obsolescence.

Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions If the market value of our products were to decrease due to changing market 
conditions, the Company could be at risk of incurring write-downs to adjust inventory value to a market value lower than stated 
cost. If our estimates regarding sales and backlog requirements are inaccurate, we may be exposed to the expense of increasing 
our reserves for slow moving and obsolete inventory.

41

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangibles:

Description Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles are required to be tested for impairment at least annually. The Company 
performs its annual impairment test during the fourth quarter and more frequently when indicators of impairment are present. 
The Company reviews goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level. The evaluation of impairment involves comparing 
the current fair value of the business to the recorded value (including goodwill).

Judgments and Uncertainties A number of significant assumptions and estimates are involved in the application of the 
impairment test, including the identification of macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, 
overall financial performance, Wabtec specific events and share price trends and making the assessment on whether each 
relevant factor will impact the impairment test positively or negatively and the magnitude of any such amount.

Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions Management considers historical experience and all available information at 
the time the fair values of its reporting units are estimated. However, actual amounts realized may differ from those used to 
evaluate the impairment of goodwill. If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and judgments used in estimating 
future cash flows and asset fair values, we may be exposed to impairment losses that could be material to our results of 
operations. For example, based on the quantitative analysis performed as of October 1, 2018, a decline in the terminal growth 
rate by 50 basis points would decrease fair market value by $398 million, or an increase in the weighted-average cost of capital 
by 100 basis points would result in a decrease in fair market value by $1,156 million. Even with such changes the fair value of 
the reporting units would be greater than their net book values, necessitating no Step 2 calculations. See Note 2 in the “Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Part IV, Item 15 of this report for additional discussion regarding impairment 
testing.

Warranty Reserves:

Description The Company provides warranty reserves to cover expected costs from repairing or replacing products with 
durability, quality or workmanship issues occurring during established warranty periods.

Judgments and Uncertainties In general, reserves are provided for as a percentage of sales, based on historical experience. In 
addition, specific reserves are established for known warranty issues and their estimable losses.

Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions If actual results are not consistent with the assumptions and judgments used to 
calculate our warranty liability, the Company may be at risk of realizing material gains or losses.

Accounting for Pensions and Postretirement Benefits:

Description The Company provides pension and postretirement benefits for its employees.  These amounts are determined 
using actuarial methodologies and incorporate significant assumptions, including the rate used to discount the future estimated 
liability, the long-term rate of return on plan assets and several assumptions relating to the employee workforce (salary 
increases, medical costs, retirement age and mortality).

Judgments and Uncertainties Significant judgments and estimates are used in determining the liabilities and expenses for 
pensions and other postretirement benefits. The rate used to discount future estimated liabilities is determined considering the 
rates available at year-end on debt instruments that could be used to settle the obligations of the plan. The long-term rate of 
return is estimated by considering historical returns and expected returns on current and projected asset allocations and is 
generally applied to a five-year average market value of assets.  The differences between actual and expected asset returns are 
recognized in expense using the normal amortization of gains and losses per ASC 715.

Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions If assumptions used in determining the pension and other postretirement 
benefits change significantly, these costs can fluctuate materially from period to period. The key assumptions in determining 
the pension and other postretirement expense and obligation include the discount rate, expected return on assets and health care 
cost trend rate. For example, a 1% decrease or increase in the discount rate used in determining the pension and postretirement 
expense would increase expense $1.1 million or decrease expense $1.9 million, respectively. A 1% decrease or increase in the 
discount rate used in determining the pension and postretirement obligation would increase the obligation $43.8 million or 
decrease the obligation $54.8 million, respectively. A 1% decrease or increase in the expected return on assets used in 
determining the pension expense would increase or decrease expense $2.8 million. If the actual asset values at December 31, 
2018 had been 1% lower, the amortization of losses in the following year would decrease $0.2 million.

Stock-based Compensation:

Description The Company has issued incentive stock units to eligible employees that vest upon attainment of certain 
cumulative three-year performance goals. The program is structured as a rolling three-year plan; each year starts a new three-

42

year performance cycle with the most recently completed cycle being 2016-2018. No incentive stock units will vest for 
performance below the three-year cumulative threshold.  The Company utilizes an economic profit measure for this 
performance goal.  Economic profit is a measure of the extent to which the Company produces financial results in excess of its 
cost of capital.  Based on the Company’s achievement of the threshold and three-year cumulative performance, the stock units 
vested can range from 0% to 200% of the shares granted.

Judgments and Uncertainties Significant judgments and estimates are used in determining the estimated three-year 
performance, which is then used to estimate the total shares expected to vest over the three year vesting cycle and 
corresponding expense based on the grant date fair value of the award.  When determining the estimated three-year 
performance, the Company utilizes a combination of historical actual results, budgeted results and forecasts.  In the initial grant 
year of a performance cycle, the Company estimates the three-year performance at 100%.  As actual performance results for a 
cycle begin to accumulate and the Company completes its budgeting and forecasting cycles the performance estimates are 
updated.  These judgments and estimates are reviewed and updated on a quarterly basis.

Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions If assumptions used in determining the estimated three-year performance 
change significantly, stock-based compensation expense related to the unvested incentive stock awards can fluctuate materially 
from period to period.  For example, a 10% decrease or increase in the estimated vesting percentage for incentive stock awards 
would decrease or increase stock-based compensation expense by approximately $1.5 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

Income Taxes:

Description Wabtec records an estimated liability or benefit for income and other taxes based on what it determines will likely 
be paid in various tax jurisdictions in which it operates in accordance with ASC 740-10 Accounting for Income Taxes and 
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.

Judgments and Uncertainties The estimate of our tax obligations are uncertain because Management must use judgment to 
estimate the exposures associated with our various filing positions, as well as realization of our deferred tax assets. ASC 740-10 
establishes a recognition and measurement threshold to determine the amount of tax benefit that should be recognized related to 
uncertain tax positions.

Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions Management uses its best judgment in the determination of these amounts. 
However, the liabilities ultimately realized and paid are dependent on various matters including the resolution of the tax audits 
in the various affected tax jurisdictions and may differ from the amounts recorded. An adjustment to the estimated liability 
would be recorded through income in the period in which it becomes probable that the amount of the actual liability differs 
from the recorded amount. A deferred tax valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or 
all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Revenue Recognition:

Description Revenue is recognized in accordance with ASC 606 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” The Company 
recognizes revenues on long-term customer agreements involving the design and production of highly engineered products that 
require revenue to be recognized over time because these products have no alternative use with significant economic loss and 
the agreements contain an enforceable right to payment including a reasonable profit margin from the customer in the event of 
contract termination.  Generally, the Company uses an input method for determining the amount of revenue, cost and gross 
margin to recognize over time for these customer agreements. The input methods used for these agreements include costs of 
material and labor, both of which give an accurate representation of the progress made toward complete satisfaction of a 
particular performance obligation. 

Judgments and Uncertainties Accounting for long-term customer agreements involves a judgmental process of estimating the 
total sales and costs for each contract, which results in the development of estimated profit margin percentages. Contract 
estimates related to long-term projects are based on various assumptions to project the outcome of future events that could span 
several years. These assumptions include cost of materials; labor availability and productivity; complexity of the work to be 
performed; and the performance of suppliers, customers and subcontracts that may be associated with the contract. Factors that 
influence these estimates include inflationary trends, technical and schedule risk, internal and subcontractor performance 
trends, business volume assumptions, asset utilization, and anticipated labor agreements. Generally, pricing is defined in our 
contracts but may contain include an estimate of variable consideration when required by the terms of the individual customer 
contract. Types of variable consideration that the Company typically has include volume discounts, prompt payment discounts, 
liquidating damages, and performance bonuses. 

Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions Should market conditions and customer demands dictate changes to our 
standard shipping terms, the Company may be impacted by longer than typical revenue recognition cycles. The development of 

43

expected contract costs and contract profit margin percentages involves procedures and personnel in all areas that provide 
financial or production information on the status of contracts. Due to the significance of judgment in the estimation process, it 
is likely that materially different revenue amounts could be recorded if we used different assumptions or if the underlying 
circumstances were to change. Changes in underlying assumptions/estimates, supplier performance, or circumstances may 
adversely or positively affect financial performance in future periods. If the combined profit margin for all contracts recognized 
on the percentage of completion method during 2018 had been estimated to be higher or lower by 1%, it would have increased 
or decreased revenue and gross profit for the year by approximately $30.0 million. A few of our contracts are expected to be 
completed in a loss position. Provisions are made currently for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts. 

Item 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rate Risk

In the ordinary course of business, Wabtec is exposed to risks that increases in interest rates may adversely affect 

funding costs associated with its variable-rate debt. The Company’s variable rate debt represents 22% and 38% of total long-
term debt at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

To reduce the impact of interest rate changes on a portion of this variable-rate debt, the Company entered into interest 

rate swap agreements which effectively converted a portion of the debt from a variable to a fixed-rate borrowing during the 
term of the swap contracts. Refer to “Financial Derivatives and Hedging Activities” in Note 2 of “Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements” included in Part IV, Item 15 of this report for additional information regarding interest rate risk.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

The Company is subject to certain risks associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates to the extent our 

operations are conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. For the year ended December 31, 2018, approximately 33% 
of Wabtec’s net sales were in the United States, 9% in the United Kingdom, 7% in Germany, 6% in Canada, 6% in France, 5% 
in Mexico, 4% in China, 4% in Australia, 4% in India, 4% in Italy, 2% in Brazil, and 16% in other international locations. (See 
Note 22 of “Notes in Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Part IV, Item 15 of this report). To reduce the impact of 
changes in currency exchange rates, the Company has periodically entered into foreign currency forward contracts. Refer to 
“Financial Derivatives and Hedging Activities” in Note 2 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Part IV, 
Item 15 of this report for more information regarding foreign currency exchange risk.

Our market risk exposure is not substantially different from our exposure at December 31, 2018.

Item 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Financial statements and supplementary data are set forth in Item 15 of Part IV hereof.

Item 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

There have been no disagreements with our independent registered public accountants.

Item 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Wabtec’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer have evaluated the effectiveness of Wabtec’s 
“disclosure controls and procedures,” (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) as of December 31, 2018. Based upon their 
evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that Wabtec’s disclosure controls and 
procedures are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by Wabtec in the reports filed 
or submitted by it under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in 
the SEC’s rules and forms, and to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by Wabtec in such 
reports is accumulated and communicated to Wabtec’s Management, including its principal executive officer and principal 
finance officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

44

 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There was no change in Wabtec’s “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the 

Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2018, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely 
to materially affect, Wabtec’s internal control over financial reporting. Management’s annual report on internal control over 
financial reporting and the attestation report of the registered public accounting firm are included in Part IV, Item 15 of this 
report.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appears on page 52 and is incorporated herein by 

reference.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Ernst & Young LLP's attestation report on internal control over financial reporting appears on page 55 and is 

incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

None.

45

Items 10 through 14.

PART III

In accordance with the provisions of General Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K, the information required by Item 10 
(Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance), Item 11 (Executive Compensation), Item 12 (Security Ownership of 
Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters), Item 13 (Certain Relationships and Related 
Transactions, and Director Independence) and Item 14 (Principal Accounting Fees and Services) is incorporated herein by 
reference from the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 17, 2019, 
except for the Equity Compensation Plan Information required by Item 12, which is set forth in the table below. The definitive 
Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after December 31, 2018. 
Information relating to the executive officers of the Company is set forth in Part I.

Wabtec has adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior Officers which is applicable to our executive officers. As described in 
Item 1 of this report the Code of Ethics for Senior Officers is posted on our website at www.wabtec.com. In the event that we 
make any amendments to or waivers from this code, we will disclose the amendment or waiver and the reasons for such on our 
website.

This table provides aggregate information as of December 31, 2018 concerning equity awards under Wabtec’s 

compensation plans and arrangements.

(a)
Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,

(b)
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options warrants

(c)
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance
under equity
compensation
plans (excluding securities

Plan Category

warrants and rights

and rights

reflected in column (a))

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders

Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders

Total

466,677

—

466,677

$

$

61.04

—

61.04

2,800,836

—

2,800,836

46

Item 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

PART IV

The financial statements, financial statement schedules and exhibits listed below are filed as part of this annual report: 

(1)

Financial Statements and Reports on Internal Control

Management’s Reports to Westinghouse Air Brake Technologies Corporation Shareholders

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017

Consolidated Statements of Income for the three years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 
and 2016

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the three years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 
2016

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Exhibits
Share Purchase Agreement among Financiere Faiveley S.A., Famille Faiveley Participations Francois 
Faiveley, Erwan Faiveley, FW Acquisition, LLC and Wabtec Corporation dated as of October 6, 2015

Tender Offer Agreement among Faiveley Transport S.A., FW Acquisition, LLC, and Wabtec Corporation 
dated as of October 6, 2015

Shareholder's Agreement among Financiere Faiveley S.A., FW Acquisition, LLC, and Wabtec 
Corporation dated as of October 6, 2015

Amendment No. 1 to Share Purchase Agreement among Mr. Erwan Faiveley, Wabtec France, and Wabtec 
Corporation dated as of October 24, 2016

Amendment No. 1 to Tender Offer Agreement among Faiveley Transport, S.A., Wabtec France, and 
Wabtec Corporation dated as of October 24, 2016

Amendment No. 1 to Shareholder’s Agreement among Financiere Faiveley S.A., Famille Faiveley 
Participations, Francois Faiveley, Erwan Faiveley, and Wabtec Corporation dated as of dated as of 
October 24, 2016

Agreement and Plan of Merger, date May 20, 2018, among Westinghouse Air Brake Technologies 
Corporation, General Electric Company, Transportation Systems Holdings Inc. and Wabtec US Rail 
Holdings, Inc.

Separation, Distribution and Sale Agreement, date May 20, 2018, among Westinghouse Air Brake 
Technologies Corporation, General Electric Company, Transportation Systems Holdings Inc., and 
Wabtec US Rail, Inc.

Voting and Support Agreement, dated May 20, 2018, among General Electric Company and each of the 
persons listed on Schedule 1 thereto.

Form of Shareholders Agreement between General Electric Company and Westinghouse Air Brake 
Technologies Corporation

47

(2)

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7**

2.8**

2.9

2.10

Page

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

102

Filing
Method

16

16

16

17

17

17

24

24

24

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.11

2.12

2.13**

2.14**

2.15

2.16**

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.8

4.9

4.10

4.11

4.12

10.1

10.2

10.3

Form of Tax Matters Agreement among General Electric Company, Transportation Systems Holdings 
Inc., Westinghouse Air Brake Technologies Corporation and Wabtec US Rail, Inc.

Form of Employee Matters Agreement among General Electric Company, Transportation Systems 
Holdings Inc., Westinghouse Air Brake Technologies Corporation and Wabtec US Rail, Inc.
Amendment to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 25, 2019, by and among Westinghouse 
Air Brake Technologies Corporation, General Electric Company, Transportation Systems Holdings Inc., 
and Wabtec US Rail Holdings, Inc.

Amendment to the Separation, Distribution and Sale Agreement, dated January 25, 2019, by and between 
Westinghouse Air Brake Technologies Corporation and General Electric Company.

Form of Shareholders Agreement between General Electric Company and Westinghouse Air Brake 
Technologies Corporation.

Form of Tax Matters Agreement among General Electric Company, Transportation Systems Holdings 
Inc., Westinghouse Air Brake Technologies Corporation and Wabtec US Rail, Inc.
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company dated January 30, 1995, as amended December 31, 
2003

Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated May 14, 2013

Amended By-Laws of the Company, effective May 14, 2014

Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated November 19, 2018

Certificate of Designations of Series A Non-Voting Convertible Preferred Stock of Westinghouse Air 
Brake Technologies Corporation, dated February 22, 2019
Indenture, dated August 8, 2013 by and between the Company and Wells Fargo, National Association, as 
Trustee

First Supplemental Indenture, dated August 8, 2013, by and between the Company and Wells Fargo 
Bank, National Association, as Trustee

Form of 4.375% Senior Note due 2023 (included in Exhibit 4.2)

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated November 3, 2016, by and among Westinghouse Air Brake 
Technologies Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National 
Association, as Trustee

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated November 3, 2016, by and among Westinghouse Air Brake 
Technologies Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National 
Association, as Trustee

Form of 3.450% Senior Note due 2026 (included in Exhibit 4.5)

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated February 9, 2017, by and among Westinghouse Air Brake 
Technologies Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National 
Association, as Trustee

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated April 28, 2017, by and among Westinghouse Air Brake Technologies 
Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as 
Trustee

Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated June 21, 2017, by and among Westinghouse Air Brake Technologies 
Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as 
Trustee.
Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated June 8, 2018, by and among Westinghouse Air Brake 
Technologies Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National 
Association, as Trustee

Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated June 29, 2018, by and among Westinghouse Air Brake 
Technologies Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National 
Association, as Trustee
Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated September 14, 2018, by and among the Company, the guarantors 
party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

Agreement of Sale and Purchase of the North American Operations of the Railway Products Group, an
operating division of American Standard Inc. (now known as Trane), dated as of 1990 between Rail
Acquisition Corp. and American Standard Inc. (only provisions on indemnification are reproduced)

Letter Agreement (undated) between the Company and American Standard Inc. (now known as Trane) on
environmental costs and sharing

Purchase Agreement dated as of June 17, 1992 among the Company, Schuller International, Inc.,
Manville Corporation and European Overseas Corporation (only provisions on indemnification are
reproduced)

48

24

24

27

27

27

27

9

11

8

1

28

12

12

12

19

19

19

20

21

22

25

25

26

2

2

2

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

21.0

23.1

23.2

31.1

31.2
32.1

Westinghouse Air Brake Company 1995 Non-Employee Directors’ Fee and Stock Option Plan, as   
amended and restated*

Westinghouse Air Brake Technologies Corporation 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended *

Employment Agreement with Albert J. Neupaver, dated February 1, 2006 *

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement *

Westinghouse Air Brake Technologies Corporation 2011 Stock Incentive Plan as amended and restated*

Stock Purchase Agreement, by and among the Company, Standard Car Truck Company and Robclif, Inc., 
dated September 12, 2008

Second Amended and Restated Refinancing Credit Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2016, by and among 
the Company, Wabtec Cooperatief UA, as borrowers, certain subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors 
and the lenders party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, PNC 
Capital Markets LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., HSBC 
Bank, USA, National Association and Société Générale, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners, 
Bank of America, National Association and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Co-Syndication Agents, and 
HSBC Bank USA, National Association and Société Générale, as Co-Documentation Agents.

First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Refinancing Credit Agreement, dated as of April 19, 
2017, by and among the Company, Wabtec Cooperatief UA, as a borrower, certain subsidiaries of the 
Company as guarantors, the lenders party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as 
Administrative Agent.
Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Refinancing Credit Agreement, dated as of 
October 11, 2017, by and among the Company, Wabtec Cooperatief UA, as a borrower, certain 
subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors, the lenders party thereto and PNC Bank, National 
Association, as Administrative Agent.

Form of Employment Continuation Agreement entered into by the Company with Albert J. Neupaver, 
Raymond T. Betler, David L. DeNinno, Patrick D. Dugan, Scott E. Wahlstrom, Michael E. Fetsko, 
Timothy R. Wesley and John A Mastalerz Jr.*

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Stephane Rambaud-Measson dated October 24, 
2016*

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Guillaume Bouhours dated October 24, 2016*

Wabtec Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Executive Officers and Directors as adopted 
December 10, 2009 *

Form of Agreement for Nonstatutory Stock Option under the 1995 Non-Employee Directors’ Fee and 
Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated*

Form of Agreement for Nonstatutory Stock Options under 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended *

Form of Agreement for Nonstatutory Stock Options under 2011 Stock Incentive Plan as amended and 
restated*

Credit Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2018, by and among Westinghouse Air Brake Technologies 
Corporation, Wabtec Netherlands B.V. and the other borrowing subsidiaries party thereto, the lenders 
party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, 
HSBC Bank USA, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith 
Incorporated, PNC Capital Markets LLC and TD Securities (USA) LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and 
Joint Bookrunners, Goldman Sachs Bank USA and PLC Capital Markets LLC, as Syndication Agents, 
and Bank of America, N.A., HSBC Bank USA, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and TD Securities 

First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2019, among Westinghouse Air Brake 
Technologies Corporation, Wabtec Netherlands B.V. and the other borrowing subsidiaries party thereto, 
the lenders party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent
List of subsidiaries of the Company

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

Consent of Independent Accountants

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications
Section 1350 Certifications

101.INS XBRL Instance Document.

101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

49

4

4

3

10

5

6

14

21

23

7

20

20

10

10

10

10

25

1

1

1

1

1

1
1

1

1

1

1

101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

1

1

1 Filed herewith.

2 Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-90866).

3 Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 033-90866) for the period ended

March 31, 2006.

4 Filed as an Annex to the Company’s Schedule 14A Proxy Statement (File No. 1-13782) filed on April 13, 2006.

5 Filed as an Annex to the Company’s Schedule 14A Proxy Statement (File No. 1-13782) filed on March 31, 2011.

6 Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-13782) for the period ended

September 30, 2008.

7 Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-13782) dated July 2, 2009.

8 Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-13782), dated May 19, 2014.

9 Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-13782), dated February 25, 2011.

10 Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-13782), dated February 22, 2013.

11 Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-13782), dated May 15, 2013.

12 Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-13782), dated August 8, 2013.

13 Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-13782), dated February 21, 2014.

14 Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-13782), dated June 24, 2016.

15 Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-13782), dated July 30, 2015.

16 Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-13782), dated October 6, 2015.

17 Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-13782), dated October 26, 2016.

18 Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-13782), dated November 1, 2016.

19 Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-13782), dated November 3, 2016.

20 Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-13782), dated February 28, 2017.

21 Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-13782) for the period ended March

31, 2017.

22 Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-219354).

23 Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-13782) for the period ended

September 30, 2017.

24 Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No 1-13782), dated May 24, 2018.

25 Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-13782), dated July 31, 2018.

26 Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No 1-13782), dated September 14, 2018.

50

 
27 Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No 1-13782), dated January 31, 2019.

28 Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No 1-13782), dated February 25, 2019.

*
**

Management contract or compensatory plan.
Certain schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. Wabtec hereby undertakes to
furnish supplementally, copies of any of the omitted schedules upon request by the SEC.

51

 MANAGEMENT’S REPORTS TO WABTEC SHAREHOLDERS

Management’s Report on Financial Statements and Practices

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Westinghouse Air Brake Technologies Corporation and 

subsidiaries (the “Company”) were prepared by Management, which is responsible for their integrity and objectivity. The 
statements were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and include amounts that are based 
on Management’s best judgments and estimates. The other financial information included in the 10-K is consistent with that in 
the financial statements.

Management also recognizes its responsibility for conducting the Company’s affairs according to the highest standards 
of personal and corporate conduct. This responsibility is characterized and reflected in key policy statements issued from time 
to time regarding, among other things, conduct of its business activities within the laws of host countries in which the Company 
operates and potentially conflicting outside business interests of its employees. The Company maintains a systematic program 
to assess compliance with these policies.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the 
Company. In order to evaluate the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Management has conducted an assessment, including testing, using the criteria in Internal Control-
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework) 
(COSO). The Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting standards. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may 
not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk 
that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or 
procedures may deteriorate.

Management has excluded Annax GmbH ("Annax") from its assessment of internal controls over financial reporting as 

of December 31, 2018 because the Company acquired Annax effective March 22, 2018.  Annax is a subsidiary whose total 
assets, net assets, customer revenues and net income represents 1.0%, 1.6%, 1.1% and 1.0%, respectively, of the related 
consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Based on its assessment, Management has concluded that the Company maintained effective internal control over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. 
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, has been audited by 
Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

52

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Westinghouse Air Brake Technologies Corporation

Opinion on the Financial Statements 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Westinghouse Air Brake Technologies Corporation (the 
Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, 
shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes 
and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15.(2) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial 
statements”). In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of other auditors, the consolidated financial statements present 
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its 
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles. 

We did not audit the pre-acquisition historical basis consolidated financial statements of Faiveley Transport S.A., a 
consolidated subsidiary, which statements reflect total revenues constituting 3.8% in 2016 of the related consolidated total. 
Those statements were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to 
the amounts included for Faiveley Transport S.A., is based solely on the report of the other auditors. We audited the 
adjustments necessary to convert the pre-acquisition historical amounts included for Faiveley Transport S.A. to the basis 
reflected in the Company’s 2016 consolidated financial statements.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in 
Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(2013 framework), and our report dated February 27, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are 
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to 
error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial 
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included 
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included 
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits and the report of other auditors provide a reasonable basis 
for our opinion. 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2002.

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
February 27, 2019 

53

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Management Board of Faiveley Transport

In our opinion, the consolidated statement of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows present 
fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Faiveley Transport and its subsidiaries for the period 
from November 30, 2016 to December 31, 2016 (not presented separately herein), in conformity with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s 
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our 
audit of these financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the 
financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the 
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by 
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis 
for our opinion. As discussed in Note 3, the company has not applied push down accounting for its acquisition by Wabtec. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit

/s/ Philippe Vincent
Partner

Neuilly-sur-Seine, France
February 23, 2017

54

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Westinghouse Air Brake Technologies Corporation  

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited Westinghouse Air Brake Technologies Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Westinghouse Air Brake Technologies Corporation 
(the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based 
on the COSO criteria. 

As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of 
and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of Annax GmbH 
("Annax") which is included in the 2018 consolidated financial statements of the Company and constituted 1.0% and 1.6% of total 
and net assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2018 and 1.1% and 1.0% of revenues and net income, respectively, for the year then 
ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also did not include an evaluation of the internal control 
over financial reporting of Annax.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of 
income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 
2018, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15.(2) and our report dated February 27, 2019 
expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of 
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control 
over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based 
on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the 
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission and the PCAOB.                                                 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material 
respects.  

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness 
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing 
such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our 
opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP  

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 

February 27, 2019 

55

WESTINGHOUSE AIR BRAKE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

In thousands, except shares and par value

Assets

Current Assets

December 31,

2018

2017

Cash and cash equivalents ........................................................................................................................................

$

580,908

$

Restricted cash ..........................................................................................................................................................

1,761,446

Accounts receivable ..................................................................................................................................................

Unbilled accounts receivable ....................................................................................................................................

Inventories.................................................................................................................................................................

Other assets ...............................................................................................................................................................

Total current assets..............................................................................................................................................

Property, plant and equipment ..................................................................................................................................

Accumulated depreciation ........................................................................................................................................

Property, plant and equipment, net .....................................................................................................................

Other Assets

Goodwill ...................................................................................................................................................................

Other intangibles, net ................................................................................................................................................

Other noncurrent assets.............................................................................................................................................

Total other assets.................................................................................................................................................

801,193

345,585

844,886

115,649

4,449,667

1,036,550

(472,813)

563,737

2,396,544

1,129,880

109,406

3,635,830

Total Assets ...................................................................................................................................................

$

8,649,234

$

Current Liabilities

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

Accounts payable ......................................................................................................................................................

$

589,449

$

Customer deposits.....................................................................................................................................................

Accrued compensation..............................................................................................................................................

Accrued warranty......................................................................................................................................................

Current portion of long-term debt.............................................................................................................................

Other accrued liabilities ............................................................................................................................................

Total current liabilities ........................................................................................................................................

Long-term debt..........................................................................................................................................................

Accrued postretirement and pension benefits ...........................................................................................................

Deferred income taxes ..............................................................................................................................................

Accrued warranty......................................................................................................................................................

Other long-term liabilities.........................................................................................................................................

373,538

173,183

135,636

64,099

310,785

1,646,690

3,792,774

95,446

198,269

18,066

28,914

233,401

—

800,619

366,168

742,634

122,291

2,265,113

1,026,046

(452,074)

573,972

2,460,103

1,204,432

76,360

3,740,895

6,579,980

552,525

369,716

164,210

137,542

47,225

302,112

1,573,330

1,823,303

103,734

175,902

15,521

59,658

Total liabilities ..............................................................................................................................................

5,780,159

3,751,448

Commitment and Contingencies (Note 21)
Equity

Preferred stock, 1,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued ...............................................................................

—

—

Common stock, $.01 par value; 500,000,000 and 200,000,000 shares authorized:

132,349,534 shares issued and 96,614,946 and 96,034,352 outstanding

at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively................................................................................

Additional paid-in capital .........................................................................................................................................

Treasury stock, at cost, 35,734,588 and 36,315,182 shares, at

December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively....................................................................................

Retained earnings......................................................................................................................................................

Accumulated other comprehensive loss....................................................................................................................

Total Westinghouse Air Brake Technologies Corporation shareholders' equity .................................................

Noncontrolling interest .............................................................................................................................................

Total equity .........................................................................................................................................................

1,323

914,568

(816,145)

3,021,968

(256,583)

2,865,131

3,944

2,869,075

Total Liabilities and Equity...........................................................................................................................

$

8,649,234

$

1,323

906,616

(827,379)

2,773,300

(44,992)

2,808,868

19,664

2,828,532

6,579,980

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 WESTINGHOUSE AIR BRAKE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

In thousands, except per share data

Net sales .............................................................................................................................................

$

4,363,547

$

3,881,756

$

2,931,188

Cost of sales .......................................................................................................................................

Gross profit .........................................................................................................................

Selling, general and administrative expenses ....................................................................................

Engineering expenses.........................................................................................................................

Amortization expense ........................................................................................................................

Total operating expenses.....................................................................................................

Income from operations ......................................................................................................

Other income and expenses

Interest expense, net.....................................................................................................................

Other income, net.........................................................................................................................

Income from operations before income taxes.....................................................................

Income tax expense............................................................................................................................

Net income ..........................................................................................................................

Less: Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest .........................................................

(3,129,662)

1,233,885

(633,244)

(87,450)

(39,754)

(760,448)

473,437

(112,235)

6,380

367,582

(75,879)

291,703

3,241

(2,816,443)

1,065,313

(512,552)

(95,166)

(36,516)

(644,234)

421,079

(77,884)

8,868

352,063

(89,773)

262,290

(29)

Net income attributable to Wabtec shareholders.................................................................

$

294,944

$

262,261

$

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic

Net income attributable to Wabtec shareholders.................................................................

Diluted

Net income attributable to Wabtec shareholders.................................................................

Weighted average shares outstanding

$

$

3.06

3.05

$

$

2.74

2.72

$

$

Basic....................................................................................................................................

Diluted.................................................................................................................................

95,994

96,464

95,453

96,125

(2,006,949)

924,239

(373,559)

(71,375)

(22,698)

(467,632)

456,607

(50,298)

6,528

412,837

(99,433)

313,404

(8,517)

304,887

3.37

3.34

90,359

91,141

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WESTINGHOUSE AIR BRAKE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

In thousands, except per share data

Net income attributable to Wabtec shareholders................................................................................

$

294,944

$

262,261

$

Foreign currency translation gain (loss) ............................................................................................

Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative contracts...................................................................................

Unrealized gain (loss) on pension benefit plans and post-retirement benefit plans ..........................

Other comprehensive gain (loss) before tax ................................................................................

Income tax (expense) benefit related to components of

other comprehensive loss................................................................................................................

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax ...........................................................................

(207,267)

(5,307)

(3,774)

(216,348)

4,757

(211,591)

326,096

9,799

2,845

338,740

(4,127)

334,613

Comprehensive income attributable to Wabtec shareholders ......................................................

$

83,353

$

596,874

$

304,887

(93,684)

305

(12,021)

(105,400)

2,514

(102,886)

202,001

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
WESTINGHOUSE AIR BRAKE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

December 31,

2018

2017

2016

In thousands, except per share data

Operating Activities

Net income .........................................................................................................................................

$

291,703

$

262,290

$

313,404

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operations:

Depreciation and amortization.....................................................................................................

Stock-based compensation expense.............................................................................................

Deferred income taxes .................................................................................................................

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment......................................................................

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions

Accounts receivable and unbilled accounts receivable..........................................................

Inventories..............................................................................................................................

Accounts payable ...................................................................................................................

Accrued income taxes ............................................................................................................

Accrued liabilities and customer deposits..............................................................................

Other assets and liabilities .....................................................................................................

Net cash provided by operating activities........................................................................

Investing Activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment..................................................................................

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment...........................................................

Acquisitions of business, net of cash acquired ............................................................................

Other ............................................................................................................................................

109,297

25,315

(5,299)

898

(54,611)

(108,883)

48,763

7,880

31,744

(32,136)

314,671

(93,305)

11,293

(51,153)

(14,122)

103,248

21,287

(67,423)

1,907

(68,676)

(8,955)

(91,722)

47,644

(18,891)

8,102

188,811

(89,466)

1,291

(945,299)

—

69,795

20,813

(10,228)

232

19,728

45,340

(18,932)

(11,759)

(11,338)

33,475

450,530

(50,216)

363

(183,113)

—

Net cash used for investing activities...............................................................................

(147,287)

(1,033,474)

(232,966)

Financing Activities

Proceeds from debt, net of issuance costs....................................................................................

Payments of debt..........................................................................................................................

Stock re-purchase.........................................................................................................................

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and other benefit plans ................................................

Payment of income tax withholding on share-based compensation ............................................

Cash dividends ($0.48, $0.44 and $0.36 per share for the years

ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016) .............................................................................

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities .......................................................

Effect of changes in currency exchange rates....................................................................................

Increase (decrease) in cash...........................................................................................................

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of year ..............................................

3,480,702

(1,453,954)

—

9,962

(12,322)

(46,277)

1,978,111

(36,542)

2,108,953

233,401

1,216,740

(1,269,537)

—

4,428

(6,844)

(42,218)

(97,431)

32,263

(909,831)

1,143,232

1,875,000

(1,102,748)

(212,176)

1,983

(6,658)

(32,430)

522,971

(26,436)

714,099

429,133

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of year ........................................................

$

2,342,354

$

233,401

$

1,143,232

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WESTINGHOUSE AIR BRAKE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

In thousands, except share and per
share data

Common
Stock

Shares

Common
Stock

Amount

Additional
Paid-in

Capital

Treasury
Stock

Shares

Treasury
Stock

Retained

Accumulated
Other

Non-
controlling

Amount

Earnings

Comprehensive 
Loss

Interest

Total

Balance, December 31, 2015

132,349,534

$

1,323

$

469,326

(40,513,428)

$ (775,124)

$ 2,280,801

$

(276,719)

$

1,732

$ 1,701,339

Cash dividends ($0.36 dividend per 
share) ..................................................

Proceeds from treasury stock issued 
from the exercise of stock
 options and other benefit plans, net 
of tax ...................................................

Stock based compensation ..................

Non-controlling interests associated 
with Faiveley Transport Acquisition ...

Net income ..........................................

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax ..

Stock issued for Faiveley Transport 
Acquisition ..........................................

Stock re-purchase ................................

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(32,430)

(8,490)

17,748

—

—

—

328,245

5,038

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

391,367

6,307,489

143,312

—

(3,046,408)

(212,176)

—

—

—

304,887

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(102,886)

—

—

—

(32,430)

—

—

760,599

8,517

—

—

—

(3,452)

17,748

760,599

313,404

(102,886)

534,679

(212,176)

Balance, December 31, 2016

132,349,534

1,323

869,951

(36,924,102)

(838,950)

2,553,258

(379,605)

770,848

2,976,825

Cash dividends ($0.44 dividend per 
share) ..................................................

Proceeds from treasury stock issued 
from the exercise of stock
 options and other benefit plans, net 
of tax ...................................................

Stock based compensation ..................

Acquisition of Faiveley Transport 
noncontrolling interest ........................

Net income ..........................................

Other comprehensive income, net of 
tax .......................................................
Stock issued for Faiveley Transport 
Acquisition

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(42,218)

(7,361)

16,650

8,931

—

—

18,445

608,920

4,945

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

6,626

—

—

—

262,261

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

334,613

—

—

(42,218)

—

—

(2,416)

16,650

(751,213)

(742,282)

29

—

—

262,290

334,613

25,071

Balance, December 31, 2017

132,349,534

1,323

906,616

(36,315,182)

(827,379)

2,773,300

(44,992)

19,664

2,828,532

Cash dividends ($0.48 dividend per 
share) ..................................................

Proceeds from treasury stock issued 
from the exercise of stock
options and other benefit plans, net of 
tax .......................................................
Stock based compensation ..................

Net income (loss) ................................

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax ..

Other owner changes ...........................

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(46,277)

(13,594)

21,546

—

—

—

580,594

11,234

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

294,944

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(46,277)

—

—

(2,360)

21,546

(3,241)

291,703

(211,591)

—

(211,591)

—

(12,479)

(12,479)

Balance, December 31, 2018

132,349,534

$

1,323

$

914,568

(35,734,588)

$ (816,145)

$ 3,021,968

$

(256,583)

$

3,944

$ 2,869,075

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements

60

1.   BUSINESS

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Wabtec is one of the world’s largest providers of value-added, technology-based equipment, systems and services for the 

global passenger transit and freight rail industries. Our highly engineered products, which are intended to enhance safety, 
improve productivity and reduce maintenance costs for customers, can be found on most locomotives, freight cars, passenger 
transit cars and buses around the world. Our products enhance safety, improve productivity and reduce maintenance costs for 
customers, and many of our core products and services are essential in the safe and efficient operation of freight rail and 
passenger transit vehicles. Wabtec is a global company with operations in 30 countries and our products can be found in more 
than 100 countries throughout the world. In 2018, about 67% of the Company’s revenues came from customers outside the U.S.

2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all 
subsidiaries that it controls. For consolidated subsidiaries in which the Company's ownership is less than 100%, the outside 
shareholders' interests are shown as noncontrolling interests.  These statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles. Sales between subsidiaries are billed at prices consistent with sales to third parties 
and are eliminated in consolidation.

Cash Equivalents Cash equivalents are highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or 

less.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts The allowance for doubtful accounts receivable reflects our best estimate of probable 

losses inherent in our receivable portfolio determined on the basis of historical experience, specific allowances for known 
troubled accounts and other currently available evidence. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $16.9 million and $12.3 
million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Inventories Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined under the first-in, first-out (FIFO) 

method. Inventory costs include material, labor and overhead.

Property, Plant and Equipment Property, plant and equipment additions are stated at cost. Expenditures for renewals 

and improvements are capitalized. Expenditures for ordinary maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. The Company 
computes book depreciation principally on the straight-line method. Accelerated depreciation methods are utilized for income 
tax purposes.

Leasing Arrangements The Company conducts a portion of its operations from leased facilities and finances certain 

equipment purchases through lease agreements. In those cases in which the lease term approximates the useful life of the leased 
asset or the lease meets certain other prerequisites, the leasing arrangement is classified as a capital lease. The remaining 
arrangements are treated as operating leases.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized. Other 

intangibles (with definite lives) are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated economic lives. Amortizable 
intangible assets are reviewed for impairment when indicators of impairment are present. The Company tests goodwill and 
indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at the reporting unit level and at least annually. The Company performs its 
annual impairment test during the fourth quarter after the annual forecasting process is completed, and also tests for impairment 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Periodically, 
Management of the Company assesses whether or not an indicator of impairment is present that would necessitate an 
impairment analysis be performed.

For 2018, the Company opted to proceed directly to the quantitative impairment test for all reporting units with 

goodwill.  In the first step of the quantitative assessment, our assets and liabilities, including existing goodwill and other 
intangible assets, are assigned to the identified reporting units to determine the carrying value of the reporting units. The 
income approach and the market approach are weighted at 50% and 50%, respectively, in arriving at fair value. The discounted 
cash flow model requires several assumptions including future sales growth, EBIT (earnings before interest and taxes) margins 
and capital expenditures for the reporting units. The discounted cash flow model also requires the use of a discount rate and a 
terminal revenue growth rate (the revenue growth rate for the period beyond the years forecasted by the reporting units), as well 
as projections of future operating margins. The market approach requires several assumptions including EBITDA (earnings 
before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) multiples for comparable companies that operate in the same markets as 
the Company’s reporting units.  The estimated fair value of all reporting units was in excess of its respective carrying value, 
which resulted in a conclusion that no impairment existed.  

61

 
Additionally, the Company proceeded directly to the quantitative impairment test for some trade names with indefinite 

lives.  The fair value of all trade names subject to the quantitative impairment test exceeded its respective carrying value, 
resulting in a conclusion that no impairment existed.  For trade names not subject to the quantitative testing, the Company 
opted to perform a qualitative trade name impairment assessment and determined from the qualitative assessment that it was 
not more likely than not that the estimated fair values of the trade names were less than their carrying values; therefore, no 
further analysis was required.  In assessing the qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair 
value of a trade name is less than its carrying amount, we assess relevant events and circumstances that may impact the fair 
value and the carrying amount of the trade name. The identification of relevant events and circumstances and how these may 
impact a trade name’s fair value or carrying amount involve significant judgments and assumptions. The judgment and 
assumptions include the identification of macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall 
financial performance, Wabtec specific events, share price trends and making the assessment on whether each relevant factor 
will impact the impairment test positively or negatively and the magnitude of any such impact.

Warranty Costs Warranty costs are accrued based on Management’s estimates of repair or upgrade costs per unit and 

historical experience. Warranty expense was $58.0 million, $50.4 million and $28.9 million for 2018, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively. Accrued warranty was $153.7 million and $153.1 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Income Taxes Income taxes are accounted for under the liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the 
enacted tax rates and laws. The provision for income taxes includes federal, state and foreign income taxes.

Stock-Based Compensation The Company recognizes compensation expense for stock-based compensation based on 

the grant date fair value amortized ratably over the requisite service period following the date of grant.

Financial Derivatives and Hedging Activities The Company uses forward contracts to mitigate its foreign currency 

exchange rate exposure. Foreign currency forward contracts are agreements with a counterparty to exchange two distinct 
currencies at a set exchange rate for delivery on a set date at some point in the future. There is no exchange of funds until the 
delivery date. At the delivery date, the Company can either take delivery of the currency or settle on a net basis. For further 
information regarding the foreign currency forward contracts, see Footnote 19.

The Company uses interest rate swaps to manage interest rate exposures, The Company entered into an interest rate 
swap agreement with a notional value of $150 million.  As of December 19, 2018, the interest swap agreement has expired. For 
further information regarding the interest rate swap agreement, see Footnote 19.

Foreign Currency Translation Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries, except for the Company’s Mexican 
operations whose functional currency is the U.S. Dollar, are translated at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date 
while income and expenses are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the period. Foreign currency gains 
and losses resulting from transactions, and the translation of financial statements are recorded in the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements based upon the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 830, “Foreign Currency 
Matters.” The effects of currency exchange rate changes on intercompany transactions and balances of a long-term investment 
nature are accumulated and carried as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. The effects of currency exchange 
rate changes on intercompany transactions that are denominated in a currency other than an entity’s functional currency are 
charged or credited to earnings. Foreign exchange transaction losses recognized in other income, net were $5.7 million, $6.6 
million and $4.0 million for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Noncontrolling Interests In accordance with ASC 810, the Company has classified noncontrolling interests as equity on 
our condensed consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests 
was $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.  Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest was $8.5 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2016.  Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for the year ended December 31, 
2017 was not material. 

Revenue Recognition On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASC 606 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”.  
This new guidance provides a five-step analysis of transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized and requires 
entities to recognize revenue at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in 
exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer.  

Approximately 75% of the Company’s revenues are derived from performance obligations that are satisfied at a point in 

time when control passes to the customer which is generally at the time of shipment in accordance with agreed upon delivery 

62

terms. The remaining revenues are earned over time. This approach is consistent with our revenue recognition approach in prior 
years. 

The Company also has long-term customer agreements involving the design and production of highly engineered 

products that require revenue to be recognized over time because these products have no alternative use without significant 
economic loss and the agreements contain an enforceable right to payment including a reasonable profit margin from the 
customer in the event of contract termination.  Additionally, the Company has customer agreements involving the creation or 
enhancement of an asset that the customer controls which also require revenue to be recognized over time.  This approach is 
consistent with our revenue recognition approach in prior years. Generally, the Company uses an input method for determining 
the amount of revenue, cost and gross margin to recognize over time for these customer agreements.  The input methods used 
for these agreements include costs of material and labor, both of which give an accurate representation of the progress made 
toward complete satisfaction of a particular performance obligation. Contract revenues and cost estimates are reviewed and 
revised quarterly at a minimum and adjustments are reflected in the accounting period as such amounts are determined.

Contract assets include unbilled amounts resulting from sales under long-term contracts where revenue is recognized 

over time and revenue exceeds the amount that can be billed to the customer based on the terms of the contract.  Contract assets 
are classified as current assets under the caption “Unbilled Accounts Receivable” on the consolidated balance sheet.  The 
Company has elected to use the practical expedient and not consider unbilled amounts anticipated to be paid within one year as 
significant financing components.  

Contract liabilities include customer deposits that are made prior to the incurrence of costs related to a newly agreed 

upon contract and advanced customer payments that are in excess of revenue recognized.  These contract liabilities are 
classified as current liabilities under the caption “Customer Deposits” on the consolidated balance sheet.  These contract 
liabilities are not considered a significant financing component because they are used to meet working capital demands that can 
be higher in the early stages of a contract and revenue associated with the contract liabilities is expected to be recognized 
within one year.  Contract liabilities also include provisions for estimated losses from uncompleted contracts.  Provisions for 
loss contracts were $71.2 million and $94.0 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.  These provisions for 
estimated losses are classified as current liabilities and included within the caption “Other accrued liabilities” on the 
consolidated balance sheet.

Due to the nature of work required to be performed on the Company’s long-term projects, the estimation of total revenue 

and cost at completion is subject to many variables and requires significant judgment.  Contract estimates related to long-term 
projects are based on various assumptions to project the outcome of future events that could span several years.  These 
assumptions include cost of materials; labor availability and productivity; complexity of the work to be performed; and the 
performance of suppliers, customers and subcontractors that may be associated with the contract.  We have a disciplined 
quarterly estimate-at-completion process where management reviews the progress of long term-projects.  As part of this 
process, management reviews information including key contract matters, progress towards completion, identified risks and 
opportunities and any other information that could impact the Company’s estimates of revenue and costs.  After completing this 
analysis, any quarterly adjustments to net sales, cost of goods sold, and the related impact to operating income are recognized 
as necessary in the period they become known.   

Generally, the Company’s revenue contains a single performance obligation for each distinct good.  Pricing is defined in 

our contracts on a line item basis and includes an estimate of variable consideration when required by the terms of the 
individual customer contract.  Types of variable consideration that the Company typically has include volume discounts, 
prompt payment discounts, liquidating damages, and performance bonuses.  Sales returns and allowances are also estimated 
and recognized in the same period the related revenue is recognized, based upon the Company’s experience.

Remaining performance obligations represent transaction price of firm customer orders subject to standard industry 

cancellation provisions and substantial scope-of-work adjustments.  As of December 31, 2018, the Company's remaining 
performance obligations were $4.5 billion.  The Company expects to recognize revenue of approximately 55% of remaining 
performance obligations over the next 12 months, with the remainder recognized thereafter. 

Letters of Credit  In the ordinary course of its business, the Company issues letters of credit related to commercial 
products.  The outstanding amount, including the letters of credit issues under the credit facility, were $354.2 million and 
$364.6 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Pre-Production Costs Certain pre-production costs relating to long-term production and supply contracts have been 
deferred and will be recognized over the life of the contracts. Deferred pre-production costs were $16.4 million and $20.2 
million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

63

Significant Customers and Concentrations of Credit Risk The Company’s trade receivables are from rail and transit 

industry original equipment manufacturers, Class I railroads, railroad carriers and commercial companies that utilize rail cars in 
their operations, such as utility and chemical companies. No one customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s 
consolidated net sales in 2018, 2017 or 2016.

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs All fees billed to the customer for shipping and handling are classified as a 

component of net revenues. All costs associated with shipping and handling are classified as a component of cost of sales.

Research and Development Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. For the years ended 

December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company incurred costs of approximately $87.5 million, $95.2 million, and $71.4 
million, respectively.

Earnings Per Share Basic and diluted earnings per common share is computed in accordance with ASC 260 “Earnings 

Per Share.” Unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents 
(whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-
class method included in ASC 260-10-55 (See Note 13 “Earnings Per Share” included herein).

Reclassifications Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified, where necessary, to conform to the current year 

presentation.  Refer to Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements below. 

Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in 

the United States requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. 
Actual amounts could differ materially from the estimates. On an ongoing basis, Management reviews its estimates based on 
currently available information. Changes in facts and circumstances may result in revised estimates. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements In February 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") 

issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2018-02, "Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 
220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income".  The amendments in this 
update address certain stranded income tax effects in accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI") resulting from the 
Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Tax Act").  Current guidance requires the effect of a change in tax laws or rates on deferred tax 
balances to be reported in income from continuing operations in the accounting period that includes the period of enactment, 
even if the related income tax effects were originally charged or credited directly to AOCI.  The amendments in this update 
allow a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded effects resulting from 
the Tax Act.  The amount of the reclassification would include the effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate income tax 
rate on the gross deferred tax amounts and related valuation allowances, if any, at the date of the enactment of the Tax Act 
related to items in AOCI.  The updated guidance is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and is to 
be applied retrospectively to each period in which the effect of the Tax Act related to items remaining in AOCI are recognized 
or at the beginning of the period of adoption.  The Company has evaluated the potential impact of adopting this guidance and 
determined it will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, "Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the 
Test for Goodwill Impairment". The amendments in this update eliminate the requirement to perform Step 2 of the goodwill 
impairment test. Instead, an entity should perform a goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit 
with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the 
reporting unit's fair value up to the carrying amount of the goodwill.  This ASU is effective for public companies in the fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years.  Early adoption is permitted. The 
impact of adopting this guidance could result in a change in the overall conclusion as to whether or not a reporting unit's 
goodwill is impaired and the amount of an impairment charge recognized in the event a reporting units' carrying value exceeds 
its fair value. All of the Company's reporting units had fair values that were greater than the carrying value as of the Company's 
last quantitative goodwill impairment test, which was performed as of October 1, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating 
the potential impact of adopting this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, "Leases (Topic 814)" which requires lessees to recognize a right 
of use asset and lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. For leases with terms less 
than 12 months, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election by class of underlying asset not to recognize a right 
of use asset and lease liability. The guidance requires enhanced disclosures regarding the amount, timing, and uncertainty of 
cash flows arising from leases that will be effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with 
early adoption permitted. This guidance becomes effective for the Company on January 1, 2019. The Company plans to elect 
64

 
the practical expedient which does not require the capitalization of leases with terms of 12 months or less. And the Company 
does not plan to elect the practical expedient which allows hindsight to be used to determine the term of a lease. The Company 
has completed the accumulation of its lease portfolio into a lease management system and has validated the information for 
accuracy and completeness. The Company has implemented the system which will be used as the primary source for the 
Company’s lease information and related accounting. Management expects to record a right-of-use asset and lease liability on 
the Consolidated Balance Sheet for several types of operating leases, including land and buildings, plant equipment, and 
vehicles. The amount of the respective asset and liability is estimated to be within a range of $165 million to $185 million. The 
FASB recently proposed a transition alternative, which would allow for the application of the guidance at beginning of the 
period in which it is adopted, rather than requiring the adjustment of prior comparative periods. The Company has adopted this 
transition alternative on the January 1, 2019 adoption date. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from 

Contracts with Customers.”  This ASU supersedes most of the previous revenue recognition requirements in U.S. GAAP and 
requires entities to recognize revenue at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled 
in exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer.  The new standard also requires significantly expanded disclosures 
regarding the qualitative and quantitative information of an entity’s nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash 
flows arising from contracts with customers.  This ASU became effective for public companies during interim and annual 
reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017.  The Company adopted this accounting standard update using the 
modified retrospective method. The impact of adopting the new standard was not material to the consolidated statement of 
income or the consolidated balance sheet.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07 "Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the 

Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost". The amendments in this update 
require the service cost component of net benefit costs to be reported in the same line item or items as other compensation costs 
arising from services rendered by the pertinent employees during the period. The other components of net benefit costs are 
required to be presented in the income statement separately from the service cost component and outside income from 
operations. This update also allows the service cost component to be eligible for capitalization when applicable. In accordance 
with this update, the Company began recognizing the interest expense component of net periodic benefit cost in interest 
expense in the income statement and the expected return on plan assets, net amortization/deferrals, and curtailments in other 
income (expense), net in the income statement. This update has been adopted by the Company and applied retrospectively for 
presentation of the service cost component and other components of net benefit costs in accordance with the ASU. The impact 
of adoption resulted in increases of $0.6 million, $9.2 million and $9.8 million to selling, general, and administrative expense, 
interest expense, net and other income, net, respectively, in the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2017. The 
impact of adoption resulted in increases of $1.8 million, $7.7 million and $9.5 million to selling, general, and administrative 
expense, interest expense, net and other income, net, respectively, in the income statement for the year ended December 31, 
2016.  Also, the capitalization of the service cost component of net benefit cost will be adopted prospectively in accordance 
with the ASU.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18 "Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash". The 

amendments in this update require a statement of cash flows to explain the change during the period in total cash, cash 
equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Amounts generally described as 
restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the 
beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The requirements of this update 
have been adopted by the Company and applied retrospectively. As a result, restricted cash related to the acquisition of Faiveley 
Transport is included in the change in cash for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

65

 
 
  
3.   ACQUISITIONS

Faiveley Transport

On November 30, 2016, the Company acquired majority ownership of Faiveley Transport under the terms of a Share 
Purchase Agreement. Faiveley Transport is a leading global provider of value-added, integrated systems and services for the 
railway industry with annual sales of about $1.2 billion and more than 5,700 employees in 24 countries. Faiveley Transport 
supplies railway manufacturers, operators and maintenance providers with a range of value-added, technology-based systems 
and services in Energy & Comfort (air conditioning, power collectors and converters, and passenger information), Access & 
Mobility (passenger access systems and platform doors), and Brakes and Safety (braking systems and couplers). The 
transaction was structured as a step acquisition as follows:

•  On November 30, 2016, the Company acquired majority ownership of Faiveley Transport, after completing the 

purchase of the Faiveley family’s ownership interest under the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement, which 
directed the Company to pay €100 per share of Faiveley Transport, payable between 25% and 45% in cash at the 
election of those shareholders and the remainder payable in Wabtec stock.  The Faiveley family’s ownership 
interest acquired by the Company represented approximately 51% of outstanding share capital and approximately 
49% of the outstanding voting shares of Faiveley Transport. Upon completion of the share purchase under the 
Share Purchase Agreement, Wabtec commenced a tender offer for the remaining publicly traded Faiveley 
Transport shares. The public shareholders had the option to elect to receive €100 per share in cash or 1.1538 
shares of Wabtec common stock per share of Faiveley Transport. The common stock portion of the consideration 
was subject to a cap on issuance of Wabtec common shares that was equivalent to the rates of cash and stock 
elected by the 51% owners. 

•  On February 3, 2017, the initial cash tender offer was closed, which resulted in the Company acquiring 

approximately 27% of additional outstanding share capital and voting rights of Faiveley Transport for 
approximately $411.8 million in cash and $25.2 million in Wabtec stock.  After the initial cash tender offer, the 
Company owned approximately 78% of outstanding share capital and 76% of voting rights.

•  On March 6, 2017, the final cash tender offer was closed, which resulted in the Company acquiring approximately 
21% of additional outstanding share capital and 22% of additional outstanding voting rights of Faiveley Transport 
for approximately $303.2 million in cash and $0.3 million in Wabtec stock. After the final cash tender offer, the 
Company owned approximately 99% of the share capital and 98% of the voting rights of Faiveley Transport.

•  On March 21, 2017, a mandatory squeeze-out procedure was finalized, which resulted in the Company acquiring 
the Faiveley Transport shares not tendered in the offers for approximately $17.5 million in cash.  This resulted in 
the Company owning 100% of the share capital and voting rights of Faiveley Transport.  

As of November 30, 2016, the date the Company acquired 51% of the share capital and 49% of the voting interest in 
Faiveley Transport, Faiveley Transport was consolidated under the variable interest entity model as the Company concluded 
that it was the primary beneficiary of Faiveley Transport as it then possessed the power to direct the activities of Faiveley 
Transport that most significantly impact its economic performance and it then possessed the obligation and right to absorb 
losses and benefits from Faiveley Transport. 

The purchase price paid for 100% ownership of Faiveley Transport was $1,507 million.  The $744.7 million included as 
deposits in escrow on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2016 was cash designated for use as consideration for the 
tender offers.

The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were determined using the income, cost and market 
approaches. The fair value measurements were primarily based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market and 
are considered Level 3. The December 31, 2016 consolidated balance sheet includes the assets and liabilities of Faiveley 
Transport, which have been measured at fair value. The fair value of the noncontrolling interest was determined using the 
market price of Faiveley Transport’s publicly traded common stock multiplied by the number of publicly traded common shares 
outstanding at the acquisition date and is considered Level 1. The acquisition of the noncontrolling interest during the three 
months ended March 31, 2017 resulted in a $8.9 million increase to additional paid-in capital on the consolidated balance sheet 
which represents the difference in consideration paid to acquire the noncontrolling interest and the carrying value of 
noncontrolling interest at acquisition. 

66

The following table summarizes the final fair values of the Faiveley Transport assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

In thousands

Assets acquired

Cash and cash equivalents.........................................................................................................................

$

Accounts receivable ..................................................................................................................................

Inventories .................................................................................................................................................

Other current assets ...................................................................................................................................

Property, plant, and equipment..................................................................................................................

178,318

439,631

205,649

70,930

148,746

Goodwill....................................................................................................................................................

1,262,350

Trade names...............................................................................................................................................

Customer Relationships.............................................................................................................................

Patents .......................................................................................................................................................

Other noncurrent assets .............................................................................................................................

346,328

233,529

1,201

184,564

Total assets acquired...............................................................................................................................

3,071,246

Liabilities assumed

Current liabilities.......................................................................................................................................

Debt ...........................................................................................................................................................

Other noncurrent liabilities........................................................................................................................

Total liabilities assumed ............................................................................................................................

Net assets acquired ....................................................................................................................................

$

819,493

409,899

335,039

1,564,431

1,506,815

Other Acquisitions

The Company made the following acquisitions operating as a business unit or component of a business unit in the 

Freight Segment:

•  On December 4, 2017, the Company acquired Melett Limited ("Melett"), a leader in the design, manufacture, and 

supply of high-quality turbochargers and replacement parts to the turbocharger aftermarket, for a purchase price 
of approximately $71.9 million, net of cash acquired, resulting in goodwill of $26.7 million, none of which will be 
deductible for tax purposes. 

•  On April 5, 2017, the Company acquired Thermal Transfer Corporation ("TTC"), a leading provider of heat
transfer solutions for industrial applications, for a purchase price of approximately $32.5 million, net of cash
acquired, resulting in goodwill of $14.1 million, all of which will be deductible for tax purposes.

•  On March 13, 2017, the Company acquired Aero Transportation Products ("ATP"), a manufacturer of engineered 

covering systems for hopper freight cars, for a purchase price of approximately $65.3 million, net of cash
acquired, resulting in goodwill of $29.0 million, all of which will be deductible for tax purposes.

The following table summarizes the final fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the 

acquisitions.   

In thousands

Melett

TTC

ATP

December 4,
2017

April 5, 2017

March 13, 2017

Current assets, net of cash acquired....................................................................................................

$

34,491

$

Property, plant & equipment...............................................................................................................

Goodwill .............................................................................................................................................
Other intangible assets ........................................................................................................................

Total assets acquired ..................................................................................................................

5,917

26,653
28,590

95,651

Total liabilities assumed.............................................................................................................

(23,758)

$

3,744

5,413

14,095
12,300

35,552

(3,041)

Net assets acquired.....................................................................................................................

$

71,893

$

32,511

$

11,666

5,354

29,034
25,000

71,054

(5,800)

65,254

67

 
The Company made the following acquisitions operating as a business unit or component of a business unit in the 

Transit Segment:

•  On March 22, 2018, the Company acquired Annax GmbH ("Annax"), a leading supplier of public address and 

passenger information systems for transit vehicles, for a purchase price of approximately $28.7 million, net of cash 
acquired, resulting in preliminary goodwill of $25.5 million, none of which will be deductible for tax purposes.

•  On October 2, 2017, the Company acquired AM General Contractor ("AM General"), a manufacturer of safety 

systems, mainly for transit rail cars for a purchase price of approximately $10.4 million, net of cash acquired, resulting 
in goodwill of $6.1 million, none of which will be deductible for tax purposes.

For the Annax acquisition, the following table summarizes the preliminary estimated fair value of the assets acquired 

and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.  For the AM General acquisition, the following table summarizes the final fair 
value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition.

In thousands

Annax

AM General

March 22, 2018 October 2, 2017

Current assets, net of cash acquired....................................................................................................................................

$

34,036

$

Property, plant & equipment...............................................................................................................................................

Goodwill .............................................................................................................................................................................

Other intangible assets ........................................................................................................................................................

Total assets acquired ..................................................................................................................................................

674

25,471

12,828

73,009

Total liabilities assumed.............................................................................................................................................

(44,345)

Net assets acquired.....................................................................................................................................................

$

28,664

$

6,805

4,140

6,114

19,427

36,486

(26,070)

10,416

The acquisitions listed above include escrow deposits of $24.4 million, which may be released to the Company for 

indemnity and other claims in accordance with the purchase and escrow agreements.

The total goodwill and other intangible assets for acquisitions listed in the tables above was $199.5 million, of which 
$101.4 million and $98.1 million was related to goodwill and other intangible assets, respectively.  Of the allocation of $98.1 
million of acquired intangible assets, $22.3 million was assigned to trade names, and $70.2 million was assigned to customer 
relationships. The trade names are considered to have an indefinite useful life while the intellectual property and customer 
relationships’ useful life is 20 years. 

The Company also made smaller acquisitions not listed above which are individually and collectively immaterial.

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents income statement results as if the acquisitions listed 

above had occurred January 1, 2017:

In thousands

For the year ended
December 31,

2018

2017

Net sales ..........................................................................................................................................................................

$

4,376,972

$

Gross profit......................................................................................................................................................................

Net income attributable to Wabtec shareholders .............................................................................................................

1,235,821

292,207

3,994,515

1,099,878

273,301

Diluted earnings per share

As Reported............................................................................................................................................................

Pro forma................................................................................................................................................................

$

$

3.05

3.06

$

$

2.72

2.84

The historical consolidated financial information of the Company and the acquisitions detailed above have been 

adjusted in the pro forma information to give effect to pro forma events that are (1) directly attributable to the transactions, (2) 
factually supportable and (3) expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results.  Pro forma data may not be 
indicative of the results that would have been obtained had these acquisitions occurred at the beginning of the periods 
presented, nor is it intended to be a projection of future results.

4. MERGER OF WABTEC WITH GE TRANSPORTATION

Wabtec, General Electric Company ("GE"), Transportation System Holdings Inc. ("SpinCo"), which was a newly 

formed wholly owned subsidiary of GE, and Wabtec US Rail Holdings, Inc. ("Merger Sub"), which was a newly formed wholly 
owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into the Original Merger Agreement on May 20, 2018, and GE, SpinCo, Wabtec and 
Wabtec US Rail Holdings, Inc. ("Direct Sale Purchaser") entered into the Original Separation Agreement on May 20, 2018, 

68

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
which together provided for the combination of Wabtec and GE Transportation. The Original Merger Agreement and Original 
Separation Agreement were subsequently amended on January 25, 2019 and the merger was completed on February 25, 2019.

In connection with the Direct Sale, certain assets of GE Transportation, including the equity interests of certain pre-

Transaction subsidiaries of GE that compose part of GE Transportation, were sold to Direct Sale Purchaser for a cash payment 
of $2.875 billion, and Direct Sale Purchaser assumed certain liabilities of GE Transportation in connection with this purchase. 
Thereafter, GE transferred the SpinCo Business to SpinCo and its subsidiaries (to the extent not already held by SpinCo and its 
subsidiaries), and SpinCo issued to GE shares of SpinCo Class A preferred stock, SpinCo Class B preferred stock, SpinCo 
Class C preferred stock and additional shares of SpinCo common stock in the SpinCo Transfer. Following this issuance of 
additional SpinCo common stock to GE, and immediately prior to the Distribution, GE owned 8,700,000,000 shares of SpinCo 
common stock, 15,000 shares of SpinCo Class A preferred stock, 10,000 shares of SpinCo Class B preferred stock and one 
share of SpinCo Class C preferred stock, which constituted all of the outstanding stock of SpinCo.

Following the Direct Sale, GE distributed the Distribution Shares of SpinCo in a spin-off transaction. Immediately 

after the Distribution, Merger Sub merged with and into SpinCo, whereby the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub 
ceased and SpinCo continued as the surviving company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Wabtec (except with respect to 
shares of SpinCo Class A preferred stock held by GE). In the Merger, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Merger 
Agreement, each share of SpinCo common stock converted into the right to receive a number of shares of Wabtec common 
stock based on the common stock exchange ratio set forth in the Merger Agreement and the share of SpinCo Class C preferred 
stock was converted into the right to receive (a) 10,000 shares of Wabtec convertible preferred stock and (b) a number of shares 
of Wabtec common stock equal to 9.9% of the fully-diluted pro forma Wabtec shares. Immediately prior to the Merger, Wabtec 
paid $10.0 million in cash to GE in exchange for all of the shares of SpinCo Class B preferred stock.

Upon consummation of the Merger and calculated based on Wabtec’s outstanding common stock on a fully-diluted, 

as-converted and as-exercised basis, as of December 31, 2018, approximately 49.2% of the outstanding shares of Wabtec 
common stock would be held collectively by GE and Spin-Off record date holders of GE common stock (with 9.9% to be held 
by GE directly in shares of Wabtec common stock and 15% underlying the shares of Wabtec convertible preferred stock to be 
held by GE) and approximately 50.8% of the outstanding shares of Wabtec common stock would be held by pre-Merger 
Wabtec stockholders. Following the effective time of the Merger, GE will also own 15,000 shares of SpinCo Class A preferred 
stock, and Wabtec will hold 10,000 shares of SpinCo Class B preferred stock. The shares of Wabtec common stock and Wabtec 
convertible preferred stock held by GE will be subject to GE’s obligations under the Shareholders Agreement, including, 
among other things, and in each case subject to certain exceptions, (i) restrictions on the ability to sell, transfer or otherwise 
divest such shares for a period of 30 days and (ii) an obligation to sell, transfer or otherwise divest (A) by no later than 120 
days following the closing date of the Merger, GE’s (and its affiliates’) ownership of Wabtec common stock and/or Wabtec 
convertible preferred stock so that GE (together with its affiliates) beneficially owns not less than 14.9% and not more than 
19.9% of the number of shares of Wabtec common stock that were outstanding immediately after the closing of the Merger, (B) 
by no later than one year following the closing date of the Merger, GE’s (and its affiliates’) ownership of Wabtec common stock 
and/or Wabtec convertible preferred stock so that GE (together with its affiliates) beneficially owns not more than 18.5% of the 
number of shares of Wabtec common stock that were outstanding immediately after the closing of the Merger, in each case of 
clauses (A) and (B) treating the Wabtec convertible preferred stock as the Wabtec common stock into which it is convertible 
both for purposes of determining the number of shares of Wabtec common stock owned and for purposes of determining the 
number of shares of Wabtec common stock outstanding and (C) by no later than the third anniversary of the closing date of the 
Merger, all of the subject shares that GE (together with its affiliates) beneficially owns, and (iii) an obligation to vote all of such 
shares of Wabtec common stock in the proportion required under the Shareholders Agreement.

The estimated total value of the consideration to be paid by Wabtec in the Transactions was subject to the market price 

of shares of Wabtec common stock at the date of closing. Using Wabtec’s closing stock price on the NYSE as of February 22, 
2019, the total value of the consideration for the Transactions was approximately $10.2 billion, including the Direct Sale 
Purchase Price, contingent consideration, assumed debt and net of cash acquired. 

On September 14, 2018, Wabtec completed a public offering and sale of (i) $500 million aggregate principal amount 

of floating rate senior notes, (ii) $750 million aggregate principal amount of 2024 Senior Notes and (iii) $1.25 billion aggregate 
principal amount of 2028 Senior Notes. The Company used the net proceeds from the offering and sale of these notes combined 
with the proceeds from a $400 million delayed draw term loan that was entered into on June 8, 2018 to finance the Direct Sale. 
Wabtec used a portion of the proceeds from the September 14, 2018 notes to pay debt associated with its revolving credit 
facility. The remaining proceeds are classified as Restricted Cash on the consolidated balance sheet, as the Company used these 
cash amounts to finance the Direct Sale. Refer to Footnote 10 for further information regarding debt.

69

 
 
 
 
 
After the Merger, SpinCo, which is Wabtec’s wholly owned subsidiary (except with respect to shares of SpinCo Class 

A preferred stock held by GE), holds the SpinCo Business and Direct Sale Purchaser, which also is Wabtec’s wholly owned 
subsidiary, holds the assets purchased and the liabilities assumed in connection with the Direct Sale. Together, SpinCo and 
Direct Sale Purchaser own and operate the post-Transaction GE Transportation. All shares of the Company’s common stock, 
including those issued in the Merger, are listed on the NYSE under the Company’s current trading symbol “WAB.”

On the date of the Distribution, GE or its subsidiaries and SpinCo or the SpinCo Transferred Subsidiaries entered into 

additional agreements relating to, among other things, intellectual property, employee matters, tax matters, research and 
development and transition services.

5.   SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES

In thousands

Interest paid during the year.......................................................................................................

Income taxes paid during the year, net of amount refunded ......................................................
Business acquisitions:

Fair value of assets acquired ................................................................................................

Liabilities assumed ...............................................................................................................

Non-controlling interest (acquired) assumed .......................................................................

Stock and cash paid ...........................................................................................................

Less: Cash acquired.................................................................................................................

          Stock used for acquisition .............................................................................................

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

81,756

83,949

$

$

75,317

89,379

$

$

30,211

121,563

91,758

32,908

—

58,850

7,697

—

452,209

207,788

(761,786)

1,006,207

35,408

25,500

3,118,420

1,453,382

760,343

904,695

186,903

534,679

183,113

Net cash paid ..................................................................................................................

$

51,153

$

945,299

$

6.   INVENTORIES

The components of inventory, net of reserves, were:

In thousands

December 31,

2018

2017

Raw materials ................................................................................................................................................................

$

465,873

$

Work-in-progress...........................................................................................................................................................

Finished goods...............................................................................................................................................................

154,485

224,528

Total inventories ................................................................................................................................................

$

844,886

$

378,481

167,390

196,763

742,634

7.   PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT

The major classes of depreciable assets are as follows:

In thousands

December 31,

2018

2017

Machinery and equipment .............................................................................................................................................

$

749,782

$

Buildings and improvements.........................................................................................................................................

Land and improvements ................................................................................................................................................

Property, plant and equipment...........................................................................................................................

Less: accumulated depreciation.....................................................................................................................................

248,111

38,657

1,036,550

(472,813)

Total...................................................................................................................................................................

$

563,737

$

728,257

259,561

38,228

1,026,046

(452,074)

573,972

The estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment are as follows:

Land improvements .............................................................................................................................................................................................
Building and improvements.................................................................................................................................................................................

Machinery and equipment....................................................................................................................................................................................

Years

10 to 20
20 to 40

3 to 15

Depreciation expense was $66.4 million, $66.7 million, and $47.1 million for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

8.   INTANGIBLES

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives  are  not  amortized.  Other  intangibles  with  definite  lives  are 
amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated economic lives. Goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are reviewed 
annually during the fourth quarter for impairment (See Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” included herein). 
Goodwill and indefinite live intangible assets were not impaired at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

The change in the carrying amount of goodwill by segment for the year ended December 31, 2018 is as follows:

In thousands

Freight

Segment

Transit

Segment

Total

Balance at December 31, 2017...................................................................................................

$

718,958

$

1,741,145

$

2,460,103

Additions ....................................................................................................................................

Foreign currency impact.............................................................................................................

6,478

(12,045)

16,790

(74,782)

23,268

(86,827)

Balance at December 31, 2018...................................................................................................

$

713,391

$

1,683,153

$

2,396,544

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company’s trade names had a net carrying amount of $582.8 million and 

$603.4 million, respectively, and the Company believes these intangibles have indefinite lives. Intangible assets of the 
Company, other than goodwill and trade names, consist of the following:

In thousands

Patents, non-compete and other intangibles, net of accumulated

December 31,

2018

2017

amortization of $42,446 and $43,021.....................................................................................................................

$

15,328

$

17,554

Customer relationships, net of accumulated amortization

of $158,533 and $126,824.......................................................................................................................................

531,761

Total......................................................................................................................................................................

$

547,089

$

583,459

601,013

The remaining weighted average useful lives of patents, customer relationships and intellectual property were 10 years, 

16 years and 13 years respectively. Amortization expense for intangible assets was $39.8 million, $36.5 million, and $22.7 
million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

Estimated amortization expense for the five succeeding years is as follows (in thousands):

2019................................................................................................................................................................................................................. $

2020.................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2021.................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2022.................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2023.................................................................................................................................................................................................................

38,289

36,552

35,595

35,283
34,945  

9. CONTRACT ASSETS AND CONTRACT LIABILITIES

Contract assets include unbilled amounts resulting from sales under long-term contracts where revenue is recognized 

over time and revenue exceeds the amount that can be billed to the customer based on the terms of the contract.  Contract 
liabilities include customer deposits that are made prior to the incurrence of costs related to a newly agreed upon contract, 
advanced customer payments that are in excess of revenue recognized, and provisions for estimated losses from uncompleted 
contracts.

71

 
 
 
 
 
The change in the carrying amount of contract assets and contract liabilities for the twelve months ended December 31, 

2018 is as follows:

In thousands
Balance at beginning of year ................................................................................................................
Recognized in current year ...................................................................................................................
Reclassified to accounts receivable ......................................................................................................
Foreign currency impact .......................................................................................................................
Balance at December 31, 2018 .............................................................................................................

$

$

Contract Assets

366,168

426,829
(432,307)
(15,105)
345,585

In thousands
Balance at beginning of year ................................................................................................................
Recognized in current year ...................................................................................................................
Amounts in beginning balance reclassified to revenue ........................................................................
Current year amounts reclassified to revenue.......................................................................................
Foreign currency impact .......................................................................................................................
Balance at December 31, 2018 .............................................................................................................

Contract Liabilities

$

$

463,704

230,159
(199,735)
(30,914)
(18,409)
444,805

72

10.   LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

In thousands

December 31,

2018

2017

Floating Senior Notes, due 2021, net of unamortized debt
      issuance costs of $3,204 ..........................................................................................................................................

$

496,796

$

4.150% Senior Notes, due 2024, net of unamortized debt
      issuance costs of $7,043 ..........................................................................................................................................

4.70% Senior Notes, due 2028, net of unamortized debt
     issuance costs of $10,343 .........................................................................................................................................

3.45% Senior Notes, due 2026, net of unamortized debt 
     issuance costs of $1,718 and $2,345 ........................................................................................................................

4.375% Senior Notes, due 2023, net of unamortized 
     discount and debt issuance costs of $1,177 and $1,433 ...........................................................................................

Revolving Credit Facility, net of unamortized 
     debt issuance costs of $3,138 and $2,451 ................................................................................................................

Other Borrowings ..........................................................................................................................................................
Total...................................................................................................................................................................

Less - current portion ........................................................................................................................................

742,957

1,239,657

748,282

248,823

338,112

42,246

3,856,873

64,099

—

—

—

747,655

248,567

853,124

21,182

1,870,528

47,225

Long-term portion .............................................................................................................................................

$

3,792,774

$

1,823,303

On September 14, 2018 the Company issued $2.5 billion of senior notes with three different maturities.

•  Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2021 - The Company issued $500.0 million of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2021 
(the "Floating Rate Notes").  The Floating Rate Notes, which are non-callable for one year, were issued at 100% of 
face value.  Interest on the Floating Rate Notes accrues at a floating rate per annum equal to three-month Libor plus 
105 basis points.  The interest rate for the Floating Rate Notes for the initial interest period was the three-month Libor 
plus 105 basis points determined on September 12, 2018 and is payable quarterly on December 15, March 15, June 15, 
and September 15 of each year.  The Company incurred $3.5 million of deferred financing costs related to the issuance 
of the Floating Rate Notes.

• 

• 

4.150% Senior Notes due 2024 - The Company issued $750.0 million of 4.150% Senior Notes due 2024 (the "2024 
Notes").  The 2024 Notes were issued at 99.805% of face value.  Interest on the 2024 Notes accrues at a rate of 
4.150% per annum and is payable semi-annually on March 15 and September 15 of each year.  The Company incurred 
$7.4 million of deferred financing costs related to the issuance of the 2024 Notes.

4.70% Senior Notes Due 2028 - The Company issued $1,250.0 million of 4.70% Senior Notes due 2028 (the "2028 
Notes" and together with the Floating Rate Notes and 2024 Notes, the "Senior Notes").  The 2028 Notes were issued at 
99.889% of face value.  Interest on the 2028 Notes accrues at a rate of 4.700% per annum and is payable semi-
annually on March 15 and September 15 of each year.  The Company incurred $10.6 million of deferred financing 
costs related to the issuance of the 2028 Notes.

The net proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Senior Notes was used to finance the cash portion of the GE 

Transportation acquisition.  The principal balances are due in full at maturity.  The Senior Notes are senior unsecured 
obligations of the Company and rank pari passu with all existing and future senior debt and senior to all existing and future 
subordinated indebtedness of the Company.  The indenture under which the Senior Notes were issued contains covenants and 
restrictions which limit among other things, the following: the incurrence of indebtedness, payment of dividends and certain 
distributions, sales of assets, change in control, mergers and consolidations and the incurrence of liens. 

On February 12, 2019, the rating assigned by Moody's was decreased to Ba1.  Accordingly, pursuant to the respective 

terms of the Senior Notes issued on September 14, 2018, the interest rate shall be increased by 0.25%.  The interest rate 
increase shall take effect from the next interest period following February 12, 2019.

The Company is in compliance with the restrictions and covenants in the indenture under which the Senior Notes were 

issued and expects that these restrictions and covenants will not be any type of limiting factor in executing our operating 
activities.

73

 
 
 
3.45% Senior Notes Due November 2026

In October 2016, the Company issued $750.0 million of Senior Notes due in 2026 (the “2016 Notes”).  The 2016 Notes 

were issued at 99.965% of face value.  Interest on the 2016 Notes accrues at a rate of 3.45% per annum and is payable semi-
annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year.  The proceeds were used to finance the cash portion of the Faiveley 
Transport acquisition, refinance Faiveley Transport’s indebtedness, and for general corporate purposes.  The principal balance 
is due in full at maturity.  The Company incurred $2.7 million of deferred financing costs related to the issuance of the 2016 
Notes.  

The 2016 Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and rank pari passu with all existing and future senior 

debt and senior to all existing and future subordinated indebtedness of the Company. The indenture under which the 2016 Notes 
were issued contains covenants and restrictions which limit among other things, the following: the incurrence of indebtedness, 
payment of dividends and certain distributions, sale of assets, change in control, mergers and consolidations and the incurrence 
of liens.

The Company is in compliance with the restrictions and covenants in the indenture under which the 2016 Notes were 

issued and expects that these restrictions and covenants will not be any type of limiting factor in executing our operating 
activities.

4.375% Senior Notes Due August 2023

In August 2013, the Company issued $250.0 million of Senior Notes due in 2023 (the “2013 Notes”).  The 2013 Notes 
were issued at 99.879% of face value.  Interest on the 2013 Notes accrues at a rate of 4.375% per annum and is payable semi-
annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year.  The proceeds were used to repay debt outstanding under the Company’s 
existing credit agreement, and for general corporate purposes.  The principal balance is due in full at maturity.  The Company 
incurred $2.6 million of deferred financing costs related to the issuance of the 2013 Notes.  

The 2013 Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and rank pari passu with all existing and future senior 
debt and senior to all existing and future subordinated indebtedness of the Company. The indenture under which the 2013 Notes 
were issued contains covenants and restrictions which limit among other things, the following: the incurrence of indebtedness, 
payment of dividends and certain distributions, sale of assets, change in control, mergers and consolidations and the incurrence 
of liens.

The Company is in compliance with the restrictions and covenants in the indenture under which the 2013 Notes were 

issued and expects that these restrictions and covenants will not be any type of limiting factor in executing our operating 
activities.

2018 Refinancing Credit Agreement 

On June 8, 2018, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “2018 Refinancing Credit Agreement”), which 

replaced the Company’s then-existing “2016 Refinancing Credit Agreement.”  As part of the 2018 Refinancing Credit 
Agreement, the Company entered into (i) a $1.2 billion revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), which 
replaced the Company’s revolving credit facility under the 2016 Refinancing Credit Agreement, and includes a letter of credit 
sub-facility of up to $450.0 million and a swing line sub-facility of $75.0 million, (ii) a $350.0 million term loan (the 
“Refinancing Term Loan”), which refinanced the term loan under the 2016 Refinancing Credit Agreement, and (iii) a new 
$400.0 million delayed draw term loan (the “Delayed Draw Term Loan”). The 2018 Refinancing Credit Agreement also 
provided for a bridge loan facility (the “Bridge Loan Facility”) in an amount not to exceed $2.5 billion, such facility to become 
effective at the Company’s request. Commitments in respect of the Bridge Loan Facility were terminated upon the issuance and 
sale of the Senior Notes on September 14, 2018. In addition, the 2018 Refinancing Credit Agreement contains an uncommitted 
accordion feature allowing the Company to request, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $600.0 million, increases to the 
borrowing commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility or a new incremental term loan commitment. At December 31, 
2018, the Company had available bank borrowing capacity, net of $29.2 million of letters of credit, of approximately $1,170.8 
million subject to certain financial covenant restrictions.

74

 
The Revolving Credit Facility matures on June 8, 2023 and is unsecured. The Refinancing Term Loan matures on June 8, 
2021 and is unsecured. The Delayed Draw Term Loan matures on the third anniversary of the date on which it is borrowed and 
is unsecured. The applicable interest rate for borrowings under the 2018 Refinancing Credit Agreement includes interest rate 
spreads based on the lower of the pricing corresponding to (i) the Company’s ratio of total debt (less unrestricted cash up to 
$300.0 million) to EBITDA (“Leverage Ratio”) or (ii) the Company’s public rating, in each case that range between 1.000% 
and 1.875% for LIBOR/CDOR-based borrowings and 0.0% and 0.875% for Alternate Base Rate based borrowings. The 
obligations of the Company under the 2018 Refinancing Credit Agreement have been guaranteed by certain of the Company’s 
subsidiaries. 

  The 2018 Refinancing Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties by the Company and its 
subsidiaries, including customary use of materiality, material adverse effect, and knowledge qualifiers. The Company and its 
subsidiaries are also subject to (i) customary affirmative covenants that impose certain reporting obligations on the Company 
and its subsidiaries and (ii) customary negative covenants, including limitations on: indebtedness; liens; restricted payments; 
fundamental changes; business activities; transactions with affiliates; restrictive agreements; changes in fiscal year; and use of 
proceeds. In addition, the Company is required to maintain (i) an Interest Coverage ratio at least 3.00 to 1.00 over each period 
of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the last day of a fiscal quarter and (ii) a Leverage Ratio, calculated as of the last 
day of a fiscal quarter for a period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, of 3.25 to 1.00 or less; provided that, in the event the 
Company completes the Direct Sale and the Merger or any other material acquisition in which the cash consideration paid 
exceeds $500.0 million, the maximum Leverage Ratio permitted will be 3.75 to 1.00 at the end of the fiscal quarter in which 
such acquisition is consummated and each of the three fiscal quarters immediately following such fiscal quarter and 3.50 to 
1.00 at the end of each of the fourth and fifth full fiscal quarters after the consummation of such acquisition. The Company is in 
compliance with the restrictions and covenants of the 2018 Refinancing Credit Agreement and does not expect that these 
measurements will limit the Company in executing its operating activities.

At December 31, 2018, the weighted average interest rate on the Company’s variable rate debt was 3.68%.  On June 5, 
2014, the Company entered into a forward starting interest rate swap agreement with a notional value of $150.0 million.  The 
effective date of the interest rate swap agreement was November 7, 2016, and the termination date was December 19, 2018. 

2016 Refinancing Credit Agreement

On June 22, 2016, the Company amended its existing revolving credit facility with a consortium of commercial banks. 

This “2016 Refinancing Credit Agreement” provided the Company with a $1.2 billion, 5 year revolving credit facility and a 
$400.0 million delayed draw term loan (the “Term Loan”). The Company incurred approximately $3.3 million of deferred 
financing cost related to the 2016 Refinancing Credit Agreement. The 2016 Refinancing Credit Agreement borrowings bore 
variable interest rates indexed as described below. 

Under the 2016 Refinancing Credit Agreement, the Company could elect a Base Rate of interest for U.S. Dollar 
denominated loans or, for certain currencies, an interest rate based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) of 
interest, or other rates appropriate for such currencies (in any case, “the Alternate Rate”). The Base Rate adjusted on a daily 
basis and was the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.50% per annum, the PNC, N.A. prime rate or the Daily 
LIBOR Rate plus 100 basis points, plus a margin that ranged from 0 to 75 basis points. The Alternate Rate was based on the 
quoted rates specific to the applicable currency, plus a margin that ranged from 75 to 175 basis points. Both the Base Rate and 
Alternate Rate margins were dependent on the Company’s consolidated total indebtedness to EBITDA ratios. The initial Base 
Rate margin was 0 basis points and the Alternate Rate margin is 175 basis points.

Debt and Capital Leases

Scheduled principal repayments of debt and capital lease balances as of December 31, 2018 are as follows:

2019 ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ $

2020 ................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2021 ................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2022 ................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2023 ................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Future years ....................................................................................................................................................................................................

Total................................................................................................................................................................................................................ $

64,099

36,387

764,980

54

248,873

2,742,480

3,856,873

75

 
 
11.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

The Company sponsors defined benefit pension plans that cover certain U.S., Canadian, German, and United Kingdom 

employees and which provide benefits of stated amounts for each year of service of the employee. The Company uses a 
December 31 measurement date for the plans.

The following tables provide information regarding the Company’s defined benefit pension plans summarized by U.S. 

and international components.

Obligations and Funded Status

In thousands

Change in projected benefit obligation

U.S.

International

2018

2017

2018

2017

Obligation at beginning of year.............................................................................

$

(44,213) $

(45,512) $

(353,017) $

(319,551)

Benefits paid..........................................................................................................

(3,476)

(3,079)

Opening balance sheet adjustment ........................................................................

Service cost............................................................................................................

Interest cost............................................................................................................

Employee contributions.........................................................................................

Plan settlements and amendments.........................................................................

Benefits paid..........................................................................................................

Acquisition ............................................................................................................

Actuarial gain (loss) ..............................................................................................

Effect of currency rate changes .............................................................................

Obligation at end of year .................................................................................

Change in plan assets

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year .......................................................

Opening balance sheet adjustment ........................................................................

Actual return on plan assets...................................................................................

Employer contributions .........................................................................................

Employee contributions.........................................................................................

$

$

Settlements ............................................................................................................

Effect of currency rate changes .............................................................................

Fair value of plan assets at end of year ...........................................................

Funded status

Fair value of plan assets ........................................................................................

Benefit obligations ................................................................................................

Funded status...................................................................................................

Amounts recognized in the statement of financial position consist of:

Noncurrent assets ..................................................................................................

Current liabilities...................................................................................................

$

$

$

$

—

(349)

(1,332)

—

—

3,476

—

2,942

—

—

(344)

(1,422)

—

—

3,079

—

(14)

—

—

(2,611)

(7,047)

(448)

15,191

13,453

(864)

6,740

19,337

(5,321)

(2,740)

(7,310)

(880)

4,153

12,906

—

(3,009)

(31,265)

(39,476) $

(44,213) $

(309,266) $

(353,017)

37,432

$

35,802

$

281,602

$

241,283

—

(1,983)

—

—

—

4,223

486

—

—

—

31,973

31,973

(39,476)

$

$

—

—

37,432

37,432

(44,213)

$

$

— $

—

— $

—

—

(6,938)

10,821

448

(13,453)

(16,601)

(16,380)

239,499

239,499

(309,266)

$

$

8,910

$

(2,062)

(76,615)

(7,503) $

(6,781) $

(69,767) $

2,058

19,102

13,479

880

(12,905)

(4,523)

22,228

281,602

281,602

(353,017)

(71,415)

10,577

(2,158)

(79,834)

(71,415)

(32)

(54,043)

(54,075)

Noncurrent liabilities.............................................................................................

(7,503)

(6,781)

Net amount recognized....................................................................................

$

(7,503) $

(6,781) $

(69,767) $

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
consist of:

Prior service cost ...................................................................................................

(3)

(6)

Net actuarial loss ...................................................................................................

(20,268)

(20,418)

(1,419)

(58,748)

Net amount recognized....................................................................................

$

(20,271) $

(20,424) $

(60,167) $

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The aggregate accumulated benefit obligation for the U.S. pension plans was $38.8 million and $43.3 million as of 

December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The aggregate accumulated benefit obligation for the international pension plans 
was $301.1 million and $344.3 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

In thousands

Information for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in

excess of Plan assets:

U.S.

International

2018

2017

2018

2017

Projected benefit obligation................................................................................

$

(39,476) $

(44,213) $

(251,010) $

Accumulated benefit obligation .........................................................................

Fair value of plan assets .....................................................................................

(38,805)

31,973

(43,340)

37,432

(243,613)

172,333

(282,077)

(274,557)

200,218

Information for pension plans with projected benefit obligations in

excess of plan assets:

Projected benefit obligation................................................................................

$

(39,476) $

(44,213) $

(251,010) $

(283,106)

Fair value of plan assets .....................................................................................

31,973

37,432

172,333

201,115

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs

In thousands

2018

U.S.

2017

2016

2018

2017

2016

International

Service cost ......................................................................................

$

349

$

344

$

337

$

Interest cost ......................................................................................

Expected return on plan assets.........................................................

Amortization of initial net obligation and prior service cost ...........

Amortization of net loss...................................................................

Settlement and curtailment losses recognized .................................

1,332

(1,780)

3

970

—

1,422

(1,731)

3

989

—

1,475

(2,076)

3

914

—

Net periodic benefit cost ............................................................

$

874

$

1,027

$

653

$

$

2,611

7,047

$

2,740

7,310

(13,458)

(12,412)

22

2,149

3,112

1,483

27

2,846

768

$

1,279

$

1,379

5,774

(9,971)

61

1,818

218

(721)

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income during 2018 are as 
follows:

In thousands

U.S.

International

Net gain (loss) arising during the year.....................................................................................................................

$

(820) $

(13,655)

Effect of exchange rates...........................................................................................................................................

Amortization, settlement, or curtailment recognition of net transition obligation

Amortization or curtailment recognition of prior service cost.................................................................................

Amortization or settlement recognition of net loss..................................................................................................

Total recognized in other comprehensive gain ..................................................................................................

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive gain ....................................................

$

$

—

—

3

970

153

$

(721) $

3,690

3,112

(1,388)

2,149

(6,092)

(7,575)

The weighted average assumptions in the following table represent the rates used to develop the actuarial present 

value of the projected benefit obligation for the year listed.

Discount rate ....................................................................................

Expected return on plan assets.........................................................

Rate of compensation increase.........................................................

2018

4.30%

5.15%

3.00%

U.S.

2017

3.56%

4.95%

3.00%

International

2016

2018

2017

2016

3.95%

5.70%

3.00%

2.53%

5.10%

2.61%

2.40%

5.02%

2.54%

2.51%

6.07%

2.54%

The discount rate is based on settling the pension obligation with high grade, high yield corporate bonds, and the rate of 
compensation increase is based on actual experience. The expected return on plan assets is based on historical performance as 
well as expected future rates of return on plan assets considering the current investment portfolio mix and the long-term 
investment strategy.

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2018, the following table represents the amounts included in other comprehensive loss that are 

expected to be recognized as components of periodic benefit costs in 2019.

In thousands

Prior service cost ......................................................................................................................................................

Net actuarial loss ......................................................................................................................................................

U.S.

International

3

826

829

$

53

2,512

2,565

$

 Pension Plan Assets

The Company has established formal investment policies for the assets associated with our pension plans. Objectives 

include maximizing long-term return at acceptable risk levels and diversifying among asset classes. Asset allocation targets are 
based on periodic asset liability study results which help determine the appropriate investment strategies. The investment 
policies permit variances from the targets within certain parameters. The plan assets consist primarily of equity security funds, 
debt security funds, and temporary cash and cash equivalent investments. The assets held in these funds are generally actively 
managed and are valued at the net asset value per share multiplied by the number of shares held as of the measurement date. 
(See Note 20 “Fair Value Measurement” included herein). Plan assets by asset category at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are as 
follows:

In thousands

Pension Plan Assets

U.S.

International

2018

2017

2018

2017

Equity security funds.............................................................................................

$

13,162

$

18,122

$

95,058

$

Debt security funds and other................................................................................

Cash and cash equivalents.....................................................................................

17,528

1,283

18,304

1,006

140,894

3,547

100,453

178,730

2,419

Fair value of plan assets ..................................................................................

$

31,973

$

37,432

$

239,499

$

281,602

The U.S. plan has a target asset allocation of 50% equity securities and 50% debt securities. The International plan has a 

target asset allocation of 31% equity securities, 40% debt securities and 29% in other investments. Investment policies are 
determined by the respective Plan’s Pension Committee and set forth in its Investment Policy. Rebalancing of the asset 
allocation occurs on a quarterly basis.

The following tables summarize our pension plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis by fair value 

hierarchy level (See Note 20):

In thousands

US:

NAV

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

December 31, 2018

Equity ........................................................................................

$

— $

13,162

$

— $

— $

Debt Securities and other ..........................................................

Cash and cash equivalents.........................................................

—

—

4,523

1,283

13,005

—

—

—

13,162

17,528

1,283

International:

Equity ........................................................................................

$

3,710

$

34,848

$

56,500

$

— $

95,058

Debt Securities and other ..........................................................

Insurance Contracts ...................................................................

Cash and cash equivalents.........................................................

—

—

—

—

—

3,547

125,587

5,383

—

—

9,924

—

125,587

15,307

3,547

Total

$

3,710

$

57,363

$

200,475

$

9,924

$

271,472

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In thousands

US:

NAV

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

December 31, 2017

Equity ........................................................................................

$

— $

18,122

$

— $

— $

Debt Securities ..........................................................................

Cash and cash equivalents.........................................................

—

—

4,273

1,006

14,031

—

—

—

18,122

18,304

1,006

International:

Equity ........................................................................................

$

4,586

$

38,647

$

95,641

$

— $

138,874

Debt Securities ..........................................................................

Insurance Contracts ...................................................................

Cash and cash equivalents.........................................................

—

—

—

—

—

2,507

111,204

15,893

—

—

111,204

13,123

—

29,016

2,507

Total

$

4,586

$

64,555

$

236,769

$

13,123

$

319,033

The following table presents a reconciliation of Level 3 assets:

In thousands

Balance at December 31, 2016

Net purchases, issuances, and settlements.......................................................................................................................................................

Actual return of plan assets .............................................................................................................................................................................

Opening balance sheet adjustment ..................................................................................................................................................................

Effect of currency rate changes .......................................................................................................................................................................

Balance at December 31, 2017

Total

$

12,996

778

375

(1,308)

282

$

13,123

Net purchases, issuances, and settlements.......................................................................................................................................................

(3,611)

Actual return of plan assets .............................................................................................................................................................................

Transfers ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................

Effect of currency rate changes .......................................................................................................................................................................

Balance at December 31, 2018

 Cash Flows

277

658

(523)

9,924

$

The Company’s funding methods are based on governmental requirements and differ from those methods used to 
recognize pension expense. The Company expects to contribute $6.4 million to the international plans during 2019.  The 
company does not expect to make contributions to the U.S. plans during 2019.

Benefit payments expected to be paid to plan participants are as follows:

In thousands

Year ended December 31,

U.S.

International

2019 ..........................................................................................................................................................................

$

2020 ..........................................................................................................................................................................

2021 ..........................................................................................................................................................................

2022 ..........................................................................................................................................................................

2023 ..........................................................................................................................................................................

2024 through 2028....................................................................................................................................................

$

3,233

3,242

3,100

3,095

3,077

13,623

11,556

12,017

12,489

13,353

13,583

75,457

Postretirement Benefit Plans

In addition to providing pension benefits, the Company has provided certain unfunded postretirement health care and 
life insurance benefits for a portion of North American employees. The Company is not obligated to pay health care and life 
insurance benefits to individuals who had retired prior to 1990.

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for all postretirement plans. The following tables provide 
information regarding the Company’s post retirement benefit plans summarized by U.S. and international components.

Obligations and Funded Status

In thousands

Change in projected benefit obligation

U.S.

International

2018

2017

2018

2017

Obligation at beginning of year.............................................................................

$

(11,345) $

(11,876) $

(3,720) $

(3,425)

Service cost............................................................................................................

Interest cost............................................................................................................

Benefits paid..........................................................................................................

Actuarial gain (loss) ..............................................................................................

Effect of currency rate changes .............................................................................

Obligation at end of year .................................................................................

Change in plan assets

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year .......................................................

Employer contributions .........................................................................................

Benefits paid..........................................................................................................

Fair value of plan assets at end of year ...........................................................

Funded status

Fair value of plan assets ........................................................................................

Benefit obligations ................................................................................................

Funded status...................................................................................................

In thousands
Amounts recognized in the statement of financial position consist of:

Current liabilities...................................................................................................

Noncurrent liabilities.............................................................................................

Net amount recognized....................................................................................

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

consist of:

(5)

(326)

786

1,072

—

(5)

(350)

970

(84)

—

(31)

(100)

201

646

335

(28)

(98)

199

(131)

(237)

(9,818) $

(11,345) $

(2,669) $

(3,720)

— $

— $

— $

786

(786)

970

(970)

201

(201)

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

(9,818)

(11,345)

(2,669)

(9,818) $

(11,345) $

(2,669) $

—

199

(199)

—

—

(3,720)

(3,720)

U.S.

International

2018

2017

2018

2017

(984) $

(1,046) $

(175) $

(8,834)

(10,299)

(2,494)

(9,818) $

(11,345) $

(2,669) $

(208)

(3,512)

(3,720)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Prior service credit.................................................................................................

Net actuarial (loss) gain.........................................................................................

18,097

(16,593)

19,616

(18,882)

Net amount recognized....................................................................................

$

1,504

$

734

$

2

748

750

$

9

154

163

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

In thousands

2018

U.S.

2017

2016

2018

2017

2016

International

Service cost ......................................................................................

$

5

$

5

$

4

$

31

$

Interest cost ......................................................................................

Amortization of initial net obligation and prior service cost ...........

Amortization of net loss (gain) ........................................................

326

(1,519)

1,216

350

(1,519)

1,225

389

(1,709)

1,287

100

(7)

(8)

$

28

98

(7)

(23)

Net periodic benefit cost (credit) ...............................................

$

28

$

61

$

(29) $

116

$

96

$

29

99

(7)

(29)

92

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income during 2018 are as 
follows:

In thousands

U.S.

International

Net loss arising during the year ...............................................................................................................................

Effect of exchange rates...........................................................................................................................................

Amortization or curtailment recognition of prior service cost.................................................................................
Amortization or settlement recognition of net loss (gain) .......................................................................................

Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)....................................................................................

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income (loss) .....................................

$

$

1,072

—

(1,519)
1,216

769

741

$

$

646

(44)

(7)
(8)

587

471

The weighted average assumptions in the following table represent the rates used to develop the actuarial present value 
of the projected benefit obligation for the year listed and also the net periodic benefit cost for the following year. The discount 
rate is based on settling the pension obligation with high grade, high yield corporate bonds.

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2018

U.S.

2017

2016

2018

2017

2016

International

Discount rate ....................................................................................

4.17%

3.43%

3.76%

3.49%

3.21%

3.46%

As of December 31, 2018, the following table represents the amounts included in other comprehensive loss that are 

expected to be recognized as components of periodic benefit costs in 2019.

In thousands

U.S.

International

Prior service credit ...................................................................................................................................................

Net actuarial loss (gain) ...........................................................................................................................................

(1,519)

1,116

Total ...................................................................................................................................................................

$

(403) $

(2)

(88)

(90)

The assumed health care cost trend rate for the U.S. plans grades from an initial rate of 6.30% to an ultimate rate of 

4.50% by 2028 and for international plans from 6.04% to 4.50% by 2027. 

Cash Flows

Benefit payments expected to be paid to plan participants are as follows:

In thousands

Year ended December 31,

U.S.

International

2019..........................................................................................................................................................................

$

2020..........................................................................................................................................................................

2021..........................................................................................................................................................................

2022..........................................................................................................................................................................

2023..........................................................................................................................................................................

2024 through 2028 ...................................................................................................................................................

$

983

949

920

879

854

3,661

175

171

181

184

196

912

Defined Contribution Plans

The Company also participates in certain defined contribution plans and multiemployer pension plans. Costs recognized 

under these plans are summarized as follows:

In thousands

Multi-employer pension and health & welfare plans ........................................................................

401(k) savings and other defined contribution plans ........................................................................

Total.............................................................................................................................................

For the year ended
December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

965

27,869

28,834

$

$

1,522

23,209

24,731

$

$

2,054

23,062

25,116

The 401(k) savings plan is a participant directed defined contribution plan that holds shares of the Company’s stock as 

one of the investment options. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the plan held on behalf of its participants about 442,239 shares 
with a market value of $31.1 million, and 495,274 shares with a market value of $40.3 million, respectively.

Additionally, the Company has stock option based benefit and other plans further described in Note 14.

The Company contributes to a multi-employer defined benefit pension plan under a collective bargaining agreement that 
covers certain of its union-represented employees. The risks of participating in such plans are different from the risks of single-
employer plans. Assets contributed to a multi-employer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of 
other participating employers. If a participating employer ceases to contribute to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan 
may be borne by the remaining participating employers. If the Company ceases to have an obligation to contribute to the multi-
employer plan in which it had been a contributing employer, it may be required to pay to the plan an amount based on the 
underfunded status of the plan and on the history of the Company’s participation in the plan prior to the cessation of its 
obligation to contribute. The amount that an employer that has ceased to have an obligation to contribute to a multi-employer 
plan is required to pay to the plan is referred to as a withdrawal liability.

81

 
 
 
 
The Company’s participation in multi-employer plans for the year ended December 31, 2018 is outlined in the table 
below. For plans that are not individually significant to the Company, the total amount of contributions is presented in the 
aggregate.

Pension Protection
Act Zone Status
(b)

Pension Fund

EIN/PN (a)

2017

2016

FIP/

RP Status
Pending/

Implemented
(c)

Contributions by
the Company

2018

2017

2016

Idaho Operating Engineers-

EIN #

91-607553
8

Employers Pension Trust
Fund

Plan#

001

Green

Green

No

$ 965

(1)

$ 1,020

(1)

$ 1,306

(1)

Total
Contributions

$ 965

$ 1,020

$ 1,306

Expiration
Dates of

Collective
Bargaining

Agreements

8/6/2021

Surcharge
Imposed

(d)

No

(1)  The Company’s contribution represents more than 5% of the total contributions to the plan.

(a)   The “EIN / PN” column provides the Employer Identification Number and the three-digit plan number assigned to a plan by the Internal Revenue 

Service.

(b)   The most recent Pension Protection Act Zone Status available for 2018 and 2017 is for plan years that ended in 2017 and 2016, respectively. The zone 
status is based on information provided to the Company and other participating employers by each plan and is certified by the plan’s actuary. A plan in 
the “red” zone has been determined to be in “critical status”, based on criteria established under the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”), and is generally 
less than 65% funded. A plan in the “yellow” zone has been determined to be in “endangered status”, based on criteria established under the Code, and 
is generally less than 80% funded. A plan in the “green” zone has been determined to be neither in “critical status” nor in “endangered status” and is 
generally at least 80% funded.

(c)  The “FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented” column indicates whether a Funding Improvement Plan, as required under the Code to be adopted by plans 

in the “yellow” zone, or a Rehabilitation Plan, as required under the Code to be adopted by plans in the “red” zone, is pending or has been 
implemented as of the end of the plan year that ended in 2018.

(d)   The “Surcharge Imposed” column indicates whether the Company’s contribution rate for 2018 included an amount in addition the contribution rate 

specified in the applicable collective bargaining agreement, as imposed by a plan in “critical status”, in accordance with the requirements of the Code.

12.   INCOME TAXES

The Company is responsible for filing consolidated U.S., foreign and combined, unitary or separate state income tax 

returns. The Company is responsible for paying the taxes relating to such returns, including any subsequent adjustments 
resulting from the redetermination of such tax liabilities by the applicable taxing authorities.

On December 23, 2017, the French government enacted the Finance Act for 2018 and it was published in the Official 

Bulletin on December 31, 2017.  The Finance act reduced the French corporate tax rate from 28% in 2020 to 25%, enacting an 
additional 1.5% reduction in each year 2021 and 2022.

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax 

Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Tax Act"). The Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code that affected fiscal 
2017, including, but not limited to requiring a one-time transition tax on certain unrepatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries 
that is payable over eight years (the "Transition Tax"). The Tax Act also established new tax laws that affect 2018 and later 
years, including, but not limited to, a reduction of the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, repeals the Domestic 
Manufacturing Deduction, a general elimination of U.S. federal income taxes on dividends from foreign subsidiaries, new 
provisions designed to tax global intangible low-taxed income ("GILTI"), tax certain deductible base erosion payments called 
base erosion and anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”), and new interest expense limitation provisions.

 In relation to the analysis of the impact of the all tax law changes, the Company recorded a net tax expense of $4.3 

million in fiscal 2017. This included a provisional expense for the U.S. tax reform bill of $55.0 million, as well as a net benefit 
for the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities of $50.7 million.  Of this amount, net tax expense of $27.2 million is 
related to the Tax Act and a benefit of $22.9 million is related to the French Finance Act for 2018.

In the current year, the Company has completed its accounting for the income tax effects of the Tax Act. The Company 
has adjusted the provisional amounts previously recorded in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118. As such, 
the Company has included the following tax provisions in its financial statements as of December 31, 2018:

Revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities: The Tax Act reduces the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 
21% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. In addition, the Tax Act made certain changes to the depreciation rules 
and implemented new limits on the deductibility of certain executive compensation. The Company evaluated these changes and 
recorded a provisional benefit to net deferred taxes of $24.6 million at December 31, 2017. As a result of the completion of its 
2017 U.S. corporate tax return in the current year, the Company has adjusted its U.S. deferred tax balances which has resulted 

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
in a current period benefit of $5.1 million. The Company has completed its calculation of the impact of these changes on its 
deferred tax balances.  As of December 31, 2018, the Company has completed its analysis of the impact of the Tax Act on the 
deductibility of certain executive compensation. As a result, no further adjustments were made as of December 31, 2018.

Transition Tax on unrepatriated foreign earnings: The Transition Tax on unrepatriated foreign earnings is a tax on 
previously untaxed accumulated and current earnings and profits ("E&P") of the Company's foreign subsidiaries. To determine 
the amount of the Transition Tax, the Company had to determine, among other factors, the amount of post-1986 E&P of its 
foreign subsidiaries, as well as the amount of non-U.S. income taxes paid on such earnings. The Company was able to make a 
reasonable estimate of the Transition Tax and recorded a provisional Transition Tax expense of $51.8 million at December 31, 
2017.  As of December 31, 2018, the Company has completed its calculation of the Transition Tax which resulted in a benefit 
of $14.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018.

Global intangible low taxed income ("GILTI"):    The Tax Act created a new requirement that certain income 
(i.e., GILTI) earned by foreign subsidiaries must be included currently in the gross income of the U.S. shareholder. Under 
U.S. GAAP, the Company is permitted to make an accounting policy election to either treat taxes due on future inclusions in 
U.S. taxable income related to GILTI as a current-period expense when incurred or to factor such amounts into the Company's 
measurement of its deferred taxes. The Company has made the election to treat taxes due on future inclusions related to GILTI 
as current period expense and has included a current period expense of $9.3 million in its financial statements as of December 
31, 2018.

Indefinite reinvestment assertion: Beginning in 2018, the Tax Act provides a 100% deduction for dividends received 

from 10-percent owned foreign corporations by U.S. corporate shareholders, subject to a one-year holding period. Although 
dividend income is now exempt from U.S. federal tax in the hands of the U.S. corporate shareholders, companies must still 
apply the guidance of ASC 740 to account for the tax consequences of outside basis differences and other tax impacts of their 
investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries. While the Company has finalized its calculation of the Transition Tax on the deemed 
repatriated earnings that were previously indefinitely reinvested, the Company was unable to determine a reasonable estimate 
of the remaining tax liability, if any, under the Tax Act for its remaining outside basis differences. Therefore, the Company has 
not included a provisional amount for this item in its financial statements for fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.

The components of the income from operations before provision for income taxes for the Company’s domestic and 

foreign operations for the years ended December 31 are provided below:

In thousands

Domestic

Foreign

Income from operations before income taxes

For the year ended
December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

145,096

222,486

367,582

$

$

140,325

211,738

352,063

$

$

276,218

136,619

412,837

The consolidated provision for income taxes included in the Statement of Income consisted of the following:

In thousands

Current taxes

Federal

State

Foreign

Deferred taxes

Federal

State

Foreign

For the year ended
December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

6,940

5,771

68,467

81,178

4,689

1,263

(11,251)

(5,299)

$

86,157

$

3,644

67,395

157,196

(22,863)

(1,024)

(43,536)

(67,423)

72,317

9,953

27,391

109,661

11,013

1,953

(23,194)

(10,228)

99,433

Total provision

$

75,879

$

89,773

$

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A reconciliation of the United States federal statutory income tax rate to the effective income tax rate on operations for 

the years ended December 31 is provided below:

In thousands

U.S. federal statutory rate

State taxes

Foreign

Research and development credit

Manufacturing deduction

France tax rate change

U.S. tax rate change

U.S. tax reform (benefit) provision

Transaction costs related to acquisitions

Other, net

Effective rate

For the year ended
December 31,

2018

2017

2016

21.0%

35.0%

35.0%

1.6

0.7

(1.1)

—

—

(0.6)

(1.4)

—

0.4

20.6%

0.4

(8.3)

(0.8)

(1.1)

(6.5)

(7.9)

15.6

—

(0.9)

25.5%

2.1

(4.3)

(1.0)

(1.8)

(6.5)

—

—

1.5

(0.9)

24.1%

The decrease in the effective tax rate in 2018 is primarily due to the application of the U.S. tax rate change which 

resulted in the reduction of the corporate income tax rate in the U.S. from 35.0% to 21.0%, a higher earnings mix in lower tax 
jurisdictions as well as a benefit from the completion of the accounting for the income tax effects of the Tax Act and the 
adjustment to the provisional amounts previously recorded in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118.

Components of deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

In thousands

Deferred income tax assets:

Accrued expenses and reserves

Warranty reserve

Deferred compensation/employee benefits

Pension and postretirement obligations

Inventory

Net operating loss carry forwards

Other

Gross deferred income tax assets

Valuation allowance

Total deferred income tax assets

Deferred income tax liabilities:

Property, plant & equipment

Intangibles

Total deferred income tax liabilities

Net deferred income tax liability

December 31,

2018

2017

$

13,795

$

25,944

8,994

19,532

16,769

85,051

20,048

190,133

41,779

148,354

35,440

287,419

322,859

10,961

20,211

18,353

21,637

19,620

65,671

14,974

171,427

25,683

145,744

37,015

288,141

325,156

$

(174,505) $

(179,412)

A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will 
not be realized.  As of December 31, 2018, the valuation allowance for certain foreign deferred tax asset carryforwards was $41.8 
million primarily in China, France, the Netherlands, United Kingdom, and South Africa.

Net operating loss carry-forwards in the amount of $342.5 million expire in various periods from December 31, 2019 to 

December 31, 2038.

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2018, the liability for income taxes associated with unrecognized tax benefits was $9.5 million, of 
which $8.4 million, if recognized, would favorably affect the Company’s effective income tax rate. As of December 31, 2017, the 
liability for income taxes associated with unrecognized tax benefits was $6.9 million, of which $4.4 million, if recognized, would 
favorably affect the Company’s effective tax rate. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of the liability for income 
taxes associated with unrecognized tax benefits follows:

In thousands

Gross liability for unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year

Gross increases - unrecognized tax benefits in prior periods

Gross decreases - audit settlement during year

Gross decreases - expiration of audit statute of limitations

Gross liability for unrecognized tax benefits at end of year

2018

2017

2016

$

10,557

$

$

$

6,910

5,389

—

(2,756)

9,543

$

8,423

2,466

(3,979)

—

6,910

$

6

—

(2,140)

8,423

The Company includes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. As of December 31, 
2018, the total interest and penalties accrued was approximately $0.9 million.  As of December 31, 2017, the total interest and 
penalties accrued was approximately $0.8 million.

With limited exception, the Company is no longer subject to examination by various U.S. and foreign taxing authorities 
for  years  before  2013. At  this  time,  the  Company  believes  that  it  is  reasonably  possible  that  unrecognized  tax  benefits  of 
approximately $4.1 million may change within the next 12 months due to the expiration of statutory review periods and current 
examinations.

13.   EARNINGS PER SHARE

The computation of earnings per share from operations is as follows:

In thousands, except per share data

Numerator

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2018

2017

2016

Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per common share - net income attributable

to Wabtec shareholders................................................................................................

$

294,944

$

262,261

$

Less: dividends declared - common shares and non-vested restricted stock ....................

Undistributed earnings ......................................................................................................

Percentage allocated to common shareholders (1) ............................................................

Add: dividends declared - common shares........................................................................

Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per common share...........................................
Denominator ....................................................................................................................
Denominator for basic earnings per common share - weighted average shares .........

Effect of dilutive securities:

(46,277)

248,667

99.7%

247,921

46,173

(42,218)

220,043

99.7%

219,383

42,092

$

294,094

$

261,475

$

304,887

(32,430)

272,457

99.7%

271,640

32,333

303,973

95,994

95,453

90,359

Assumed conversion of dilutive stock-based compensation plans ...................................

470

672

782

Denominator for diluted earnings per common share - adjusted weighted average

shares and assumed conversion...................................................................................

96,464

96,125

91,141

Net income per common share attributable to Wabtec shareholders

Basic ..................................................................................................................................

Diluted ...............................................................................................................................

$

$

3.06

3.05

$

$

2.74

2.72

$

$

3.37

3.34

(1) Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding .................................................

95,994

95,453

90,359

Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding and non-vested restricted..............

stock expected to vest..................................................................................................

Percentage allocated to common shareholders..................................................................

96,281

99.7%

95,740

99.7%

90,627

99.7%

Options to purchase approximately 135,000, 24,000, and 20,000 shares of Common Stock were outstanding in 2018, 2017
and  2016,  respectively,  but  were  not  included  in  the  computation  of  diluted  earnings  because  their  impact  would  have  been 
antidilutive. 

14.   STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2018, the Company maintains employee stock-based compensation plans for stock options, 
restricted stock, and incentive stock units as governed by the 2011 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended and 
restated (the “2011 Plan”) and the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2000 Plan”).  The 2011 Plan has a term through 
May 10, 2027 and as of December 31, 2018 the number of shares available for future grants under the 2011 Plan was 2,800,836 
shares, which includes remaining shares to grant under the 2000 Plan.  The amendment and restatement of the 2011 Plan was 
approved by stockholders of Wabtec on May 10, 2017. The Company also maintains a 1995 Non-Employee Directors’ Fee and 
Stock Option Plan as amended and restated (“the Directors Plan”).  The amendment and restatement of the Directors Plan was 
approved by stockholders of Wabtec on May 10, 2017.  The Directors Plan, as amended, authorizes a total of 1,000,000 shares 
of Common Stock to be issued. Under the Directors Plan options issued become exercisable over a three-year vesting period 
and expire ten years from the date of grant and restricted stock issued under the plan vests one year from the date of grant. As 
compensation for directors’ fees for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company issued a total of 12,960, 
16,500 and 16,972 shares of restricted stock to non-employee directors. The total number of shares issued under the plan as of 
December 31, 2018 was 894,152 shares. 

Stock-based compensation expense for all of the plans was $25.3 million, $21.3 million and $20.8 million for the years 
ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company recognized associated tax benefits related to the stock-
based compensation plans of $6.3 million, $8.9 million and $14.9 million for the respective periods. Included in the stock-
based compensation expense for 2018 above is $1.6 million of expense related to stock options, $7.1 million related to non-
vested restricted stock, $5.1 million related to restricted stock units, $10.3 million related to incentive stock units and $1.2 
million related to units issued for Directors’ fees. At December 31, 2018, unamortized compensation expense related to those 
stock options, non-vested restricted shares and incentive stock units expected to vest totaled $27.1 million and will be 
recognized over a weighted period of 1.3 years.

Stock Options Stock options are granted to eligible employees and directors at the fair market value, which is the 

average of the high and low Wabtec stock price on the date of grant. Under the 2011 Plan and the 2000 Plan, options become 
exercisable over a four year vesting period and expire 10 years from the date of grant.  

86

 
The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activity and related information for the 2011 Plan, the 2000 

Plan and Directors Plan for the years ended December 31: 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Options

Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life

Aggregate
Intrinsic value
(in thousands)

Outstanding at December 31, 2015 ...........................................................

1,097,323

$

Granted ................................................................................................

Exercised .............................................................................................

Canceled ..............................................................................................

94,115

(83,790)

(8,825)

Outstanding at December 31, 2016 ...........................................................

1,098,823

$

Granted ................................................................................................

Exercised .............................................................................................

Canceled ..............................................................................................

65,522

(166,838)

(13,995)

Outstanding at December 31, 2017 ...........................................................

983,512

$

Granted ................................................................................................

Exercised .............................................................................................

Canceled ..............................................................................................

Outstanding at December 31, 2018 ...........................................................

Exercisable at December 31, 2018 ............................................................

82,580

(582,303)

(17,112)

466,677

283,169

$

$

Options outstanding at December 31, 2018 were as follows: 

32.70

61.39

25.58

71.47

35.39

86.91

21.37

76.89

32.52

77.54

28.29

69.76

61.04

50.60

4.8

$

4.3

$

4.0

$

5.7

4.6

$

$

42,154

2,035

(4,813)

(102)

52,332

—

(10,020)

(64)

40,137

—

(24,433)

(8)

4,298

5,564

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price of
Options

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual

Number of
Options

Range of exercise prices

Outstanding

Outstanding

Life

Number of
Options
Currently

Exercisable

Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Options Currently

Exercisable

Under $35.00 ...............................................................

71,765

$

35.00 - 50.00................................................................

50.00 - 65.00................................................................

65.00 - 80.00................................................................

Over 80.00 ...................................................................

107,034

65,199

98,981

123,698

466,677

$

27.84

41.36

61.33

72.21

88.25

61.04

2.0

3.6

7.1

7.6

7.5

71,765

$

107,034

24,615

38,187

41,568

283,169

$

27.84

41.36

61.33

72.85

86.90

50.60

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with 

the following weighted-average assumptions: 

For the year ended
December 31,

2018

2017

2016

Dividend yield ....................................................................................................................

Risk-free interest rate .........................................................................................................

Stock price volatility ..........................................................................................................

Expected life (years)...........................................................................................................

0.31%

2.8%

23.9%

5.0

0.23%

2.2%

23.4%

5.0

0.26%

1.5%

26.9%

5.0

Weighted average fair value of options granted during the year........................................

$

20.59

$

20.69

$

14.96

The dividend yield is based on the Company’s dividend rate and the current market price of the underlying common 

stock at the date of grant. Expected life in years is determined from historical stock option exercise data. Expected volatility is 
based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock. The risk-free interest rate is based on the 7 years U.S. Treasury bond 
rates for the expected life of the option.

Restricted Stock and Incentive Stock  Beginning in 2006 the Company adopted a restricted stock program. As 
provided for under the 2011 and 2000 Plans, eligible employees are granted restricted stock that generally vests over four years 
from the date of grant. Under the Directors Plan, restricted stock units vest one year from the date of grant.

In addition, the Company has issued incentive stock units to eligible employees that vest upon attainment of certain 
cumulative three-year performance goals. Based on the Company’s performance for each three year period then ended, the 
incentive stock units can vest and be awarded ranging from 0% to 200% of the initial incentive stock units granted. The 
incentive stock units included in the table below represent the number of shares that are expected to vest based on the 

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company’s estimate for meeting those established performance targets. As of December 31, 2018, the Company estimates that 
it will achieve 81%, 97% and 107% for the incentive stock units expected to vest based on performance for the three year 
periods ending December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, respectively, and has recorded incentive compensation expense 
accordingly. If estimates of the number of these stock units expected to vest changes in a future accounting period, cumulative 
compensation expense could increase or decrease and will be recognized in the current period for the elapsed portion of the 
vesting period and would change future expense for the remaining vesting period.

Compensation expense for the non-vested restricted stock and incentive stock units is based on the closing price of the 

Company’s common stock on the date of grant and recognized over the applicable vesting period.

The following table summarizes the restricted stock activity and related information for the 2011 Plan, the 2000 Plan, 

and Directors Plan, and incentive stock units activity and related information for the 2011 Plan and the 2000 Plan with related 
information for the years ended December 31: 

Outstanding at December 31, 2015............................................................................................

Granted.................................................................................................................................

Vested...................................................................................................................................

Adjustment for incentive stock awards expected to vest .....................................................

Canceled...............................................................................................................................

Outstanding at December 31, 2016............................................................................................

Granted.................................................................................................................................

Vested...................................................................................................................................

Adjustment for incentive stock awards expected to vest .....................................................

Canceled...............................................................................................................................

Outstanding at December 31, 2017............................................................................................

Granted.................................................................................................................................

Vested...................................................................................................................................

Adjustment for incentive stock awards expected to vest .....................................................

Canceled...............................................................................................................................

Outstanding at December 31, 2018............................................................................................

15.   OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss were:

Restricted
Stock
and Units

Incentive
Stock
Awards

Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value

356,885

212,600

(159,975)

—

(13,215)

396,295

153,516

(137,088)

—

(13,723)

399,000

224,060

(148,644)

—

(29,327)

445,089

541,638

$

167,850

(236,591)

(38,164)

(9,983)

424,750

$

157,025

(153,271)

(87,592)

(13,579)

327,333

$

175,100

(93,312)

32,996

(26,875)

415,242

$

65.89

66.03

51.80

74.42

71.84

72.18

86.66

70.34

73.69

76.61

78.76

73.76

81.55

74.62

78.60

75.51

In thousands

Foreign currency translation gain (loss)

Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swap contracts, net of tax of $16 and $1,338

Unrealized loss on pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax of $23,049 and $19,532

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss

December 31,

2018

2017

$

$

(202,204) $

(53)

(54,326)

(256,583) $

5,063

4,015

(54,070)

(44,992)

88

 
 
 
 
The changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component, net of tax, for the year-ended December 31, 2018 

are as follows:

In thousands

Balance at December 31, 2017

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

comprehensive income

Net current period other comprehensive income

Balance at December 31, 2018

Foreign
currency

Derivative

Pension and
post
retirement

translation

contracts

benefits plans

Total

$

5,063

$

4,015

$

(54,070) $

(207,267)

(7,803)

(2,319)

—

(207,267)

3,735

(4,068)

2,063

(256)

$

(202,204) $

(53) $

(54,326) $

(44,992)

(217,389)

5,798

(211,591)

(256,583)

Reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the year-ended December 31, 2018 are as follows: 

In thousands

Amortization of defined pension and post retirement items

Amortization of initial net obligation and prior service cost

Amortization of net loss (gain)

Derivative contracts

Realized loss on derivative contracts

Amount reclassified from
accumulated other

Affected line item in the
Condensed Consolidated

comprehensive income

Statements of Income

$

$

$

(1,501) Other income, net

4,327 Other income, net

2,826 Other income, net

(763)

Income tax expense

2,063 Net income

4,915

Interest expense, net

(1,180)

Income tax expense

3,735 Net income

The changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component, net of tax, for the year-ended December 31, 2017 

are as follows:

In thousands

Balance at December 31, 2016

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

comprehensive income

Net current period other comprehensive income

Balance at December 31, 2017

Foreign
currency

Derivative

Pension and
post
retirement

translation

contracts

benefits plans

Total

$

(321,033) $

(2,957) $

(55,615) $

(379,605)

326,096

—

326,096

$

5,063

$

6,712

260

6,972

4,015

(1,017)

331,791

2,562

1,545

$

(54,070) $

2,822

334,613

(44,992)

Reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the year-ended December 31, 2017 are as follows: 

In thousands

Amortization of defined pension and post retirement items

Amortization of initial net obligation and prior service cost

Amortization of net loss (gain)

Derivative contracts

Realized loss on derivative contracts

Amount reclassified from
accumulated other

Affected line item in the
Condensed Consolidated

comprehensive income

Statements of Income

$

$

$

89

(1,496) Other income, net

5,037 Other income, net

3,541 Other income, net

(979)

Income tax expense

2,562 Net income

400

Interest expense, net

(140)

Income tax expense

260 Net income

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16.   OPERATING LEASES

The Company leases office and manufacturing facilities under operating leases with terms ranging from one to 15 years, 

excluding renewal options.

Total net rental expense charged to operations in 2018, 2017, and 2016 was $40.1 million, $34.6 million and $27.2 

million, respectively.  The amounts above are shown net of sublease rentals which were immaterial for the years 2018, 2017 
and 2016, respectively.

 Future minimum rental payments under operating leases with remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year are 

as follows:

In thousands

Real

Estate

Equipment

Total

2019.............................................................................................................................

$

31,428

$

2020.............................................................................................................................

2021.............................................................................................................................

2022.............................................................................................................................

2023.............................................................................................................................

2024 and after .............................................................................................................

28,132

22,897

18,020

16,267

63,061

$

5,001

2,636

1,752

825

391

—

17.   WARRANTIES

The following table reconciles the changes in the Company’s product warranty reserve as follows:

In thousands

2018

2017

Balance at beginning of year.....................................................................................................................

$

153,063

$

Warranty expense................................................................................................................................

Acquisitions ........................................................................................................................................

Warranty claim payments....................................................................................................................

Foreign currency impact .....................................................................................................................

57,988

3,135

(54,111)

(6,373)

Balance at end of year...............................................................................................................................

$

153,702

$

36,429

30,768

24,649

18,845

16,658

63,061

138,992

50,385

806

(48,548)

11,428

153,063

18.   PREFERRED STOCK

The Company’s authorized capital stock includes 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The Board of Directors has the 

authority to issue the preferred stock and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such class 
or series, including dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, without 
any further vote or action by the Company’s shareholders. The rights and preferences of the preferred stock would be superior 
to those of the common stock. At December 31, 2018 and 2017 there was no preferred stock issued or outstanding.

19. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING

Foreign Currency Hedging The Company uses forward contracts to mitigate its foreign currency exchange rate 
exposure due to forecasted sales of finished goods and future settlement of foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities.  
Derivatives used to hedge forecasted transactions and specific cash flows associated with foreign currency denominated 
financial assets and liabilities that meet the criteria for hedge accounting are designated as cash flow hedges.  The effective 
portion of gains and losses is deferred as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income and is recognized in 
earnings at the time the hedged item affects earnings, in the same line item as the underlying hedged item.  The contracts are 
scheduled to mature within two years.  For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the amounts reclassified into 
income were not material. 

Other Activities The Company enters into certain derivative contracts in accordance with its risk management strategy 

that do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting but which have the impact of largely mitigating foreign currency exposure.    
These foreign exchange contracts are accounted for on a full mark to market basis through earnings, with gains and losses 
recorded as a component of other expense, net.  The net unrealized gain related to these contracts was $2.9 million and $2.1 
million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.  The net unrealized gain related to these contracts for 
the year ended December 31, 2016 was not material.  These contracts are scheduled to mature within one year.

90

 
 
The following table summarizes the gross notional amounts and fair values of the designated and non-designated hedges 

discussed in the above sections as of December 31, 2018: 

In millions

Gross notional amount ...................................................................................................

Fair Value:

Other current assets........................................................................................................

Other current liabilities ..................................................................................................

Total ...............................................................................................................................

$

$

$

Designated

Non-Designated

Total

863.0

$

834.0

$

1,697.0

— $

(2.3)
(2.3) $

1.3
—
1.3

$

$

1.3
(2.3)
(1.0)

The following table summarizes the gross notional amounts and fair values of the designated and non-designated hedged 

discussed in the above sections as of December 31, 2017:

In millions

Gross notional amount ....................................................................................................

Fair Value:

Other current assets.........................................................................................................

Other current liabilities ...................................................................................................

Total ................................................................................................................................

$

$

Designated

Non-Designated

Total

805.1

$

379.7

$

1,184.8

3.5

—

3.5

$

2.1

$

— $

2.1

$

5.6

—

5.6

Interest Rate Hedging The Company used interest rate swaps to manage interest rate exposures.  The Company is 

exposed to interest rate volatility with regard to existing floating rate debt.  Primary exposure includes the London Interbank 
Offered Rates (LIBOR).  Derivatives used to hedge risk associated with changes in the fair value of certain variable-rate debt 
are primarily designated as fair value hedges.  Consequently, changes in the fair value of these derivatives, along with changes 
in the fair value of debt obligations are recognized in current period earnings. Refer to footnote 20 for further information on 
interest rate swaps.

20.   FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT AND FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

ASC 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair 

value and explains the related disclosure requirements. ASC 820 indicates, among other things, that a fair value measurement 
assumes that the transaction to sell an asset or transfer a liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the 
absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or liability and defines fair value based upon an exit 
price model.

Valuation Hierarchy. ASC 820 establishes a valuation hierarchy for disclosure of the inputs to valuation used to 

measure fair value. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as follows. Level 1 inputs are quoted prices 
(unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities 
in active markets or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market 
corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs based on the 
Company’s assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities at fair value. A financial asset or liability’s classification within 
the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The following table provides the liabilities carried at fair value measured on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2017, 

which are included in other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance sheet: 

In thousands

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2017 Using

Total Carrying
Value at
December 31,

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

Significant Other
Observable Inputs

2017

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)

Interest rate swap agreements..........................................................

Total.................................................................................................

$

1,163

1,163

$

—

— $

1,163

1,163

$

—

—

To reduce the impact of interest rate changes on a portion of its variable-rate debt, the Company entered into interest rate 

swaps which effectively converted a portion of the debt from variable to fixed-rate borrowings during the term of the swap 

91

 
 
 
contracts. For certain derivative contracts whose fair values are based upon trades in liquid markets, such as interest rate swaps, 
valuation model inputs can generally be verified and valuation techniques do not involve significant management judgment. 
The fair values of such financial instruments are generally classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

As a result of our global operating activities the Company is exposed to market risks from changes in foreign currency 

exchange rates, which may adversely affect our operating results and financial position. When deemed appropriate, the 
Company minimizes these risks through entering into foreign currency forward contracts. The foreign currency forward 
contracts are valued using broker quotations, or market transactions in either the listed or over-the counter markets. As such, 
these derivative instruments are classified within level 2.

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three 
months or less and are considered Level 1 on the fair value valuation hierarchy. The fair value of cash and cash equivalents 
approximated the carrying value at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. The Company’s defined benefit pension plan 
assets consist primarily of equity security funds, debt security funds and temporary cash and cash equivalent investments. 
These investments are comprised of a number of investment funds that invest in a diverse portfolio of assets including equity 
securities, corporate and governmental bonds, and money markets.  Trusts are valued at the net asset value (“NAV”) as 
determined by their custodian.  NAV represents the accumulation of the unadjusted quoted close prices on the reporting date for 
the underlying investments divided by the total shares outstanding at the reporting dates.  The 2013 and 2016 Notes are 
considered Level 2 based on the fair value valuation hierarchy.

The estimated fair values and related carrying values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:

In thousands

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

Carry

Value

Fair

Value

Carry

Value

Fair

Value

Interest rate swap agreements ..........................................................

$

— $

— $

1,163

$

4.375% Senior Notes, due 2023.......................................................

3.45% Senior Notes, due 2026.........................................................

Floating Rate Notes, due 2021.........................................................

4.15% Senior Notes, due 2024.........................................................

248,823

748,282

496,796

742,957

254,218

675,075

497,425

727,350

4.7% Senior Notes, due 2028...........................................................

1,239,657

1,179,625

248,567

747,655

—

—

—

1,163

262,033

741,113

—

—

—

The fair value of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements and all the Notes were based on dealer quotes and 

represent the estimated amount the Company would pay to the counterparty to terminate the agreement.

21.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company is subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations governing discharges to air and water, the 

handling, storage and disposal of hazardous or solid waste materials and the remediation of contamination associated with 
releases of hazardous substances. The Company believes its operations currently comply in all material respects with all of the 
various environmental laws and regulations applicable to our business; however, there can be no assurance that environmental 
requirements will not change in the future or that we will not incur significant costs to comply with such requirements.

Under terms of the purchase agreement and related documents for the 1990 Acquisition, Ingersoll Rand, the successor-

in-interest to American Standard, Inc. (“Ingersoll”), has indemnified the Company for certain items including, among other 
things, certain environmental claims the Company asserted prior to 2000. If Ingersoll was unable to honor or meet these 
indemnifications, the Company would be responsible for such items. In the opinion of Management, Ingersoll currently has the 
ability to meet its indemnification obligations.

Claims have been filed against the Company and certain of its affiliates in various jurisdictions across the United States 
by persons alleging bodily injury as a result of exposure to asbestos-containing products. Most of these claims have been made 
against our wholly owned subsidiary, Railroad Friction Products Corporation (“RFPC”), and are based on a product sold by 
RFPC prior to the time that the Company acquired any interest in RFPC.

Most of these claims, including all of the RFPC claims, are submitted to insurance carriers for defense and indemnity or 

to non-affiliated companies that retain the liabilities for the asbestos-containing products at issue. We cannot, however, assure 
that all these claims will be fully covered by insurance or that the indemnitors or insurers will remain financially viable. Our 
ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to these claims, as is the case with other pending litigation, cannot be 
estimated.

It is management’s belief that the potential range of loss for asbestos-related bodily injury cases is not reasonably 
determinable at present due to a variety of factors, including: (1) the asbestos case settlement history of the Company’s wholly 

92

 
 
 
 
owned subsidiary, RFPC; (2) the unpredictable nature of personal injury litigation in general; and (3) the uncertainty of 
asbestos litigation in particular. Despite this uncertainty, and although the results of the Company’s operations and cash flows 
for any given period could be adversely affected by asbestos-related lawsuits, Management believes that the final resolution of 
the Company’s asbestos-related cases will not be material to the Company’s overall financial position, results of operations and 
cash flows. In general, this belief is based upon: (1) Wabtec’s and RFPC’s history of settlements and dismissals of asbestos-
related cases to date; (2) the inability of many plaintiffs to establish any exposure or causal relationship to RFPC’s product; and 
(3) the inability of many plaintiffs to demonstrate any identifiable injury or compensable loss.

More specifically, as to RFPC, management’s belief that any losses due to asbestos-related cases would not be material 
is also based on the fact that RFPC owns insurance which provides coverage for asbestos-related bodily injury claims. To date, 
RFPC’s insurers have provided RFPC with defense and indemnity in these actions. The overall number of new claims being 
filed against RFPC has dropped significantly in recent years; however, these new claims, and all previously filed claims, may 
take a significant period of time to resolve. As to Wabtec and its divisions, Management’s belief that asbestos-related cases will 
not have a material impact is also based on its position that it has no legal liability for asbestos-related bodily injury claims, and 
that the former owners of Wabtec’s assets retained asbestos liabilities for the products at issue. To date, Wabtec has been able to 
successfully defend itself on this basis, including two arbitration decisions and a judicial opinion, all of which confirmed 
Wabtec’s position that it did not assume any asbestos liabilities from the former owners of certain Wabtec assets. Although 
Wabtec has incurred defense and administrative costs in connection with asbestos bodily injury actions, these costs have not 
been material, and the Company has no information that would suggest these costs would become material in the foreseeable 
future.

On April 21, 2016, Siemens Industry, Inc. filed a lawsuit against the Company in federal district court in Delaware 

alleging that the Company has infringed seven patents owned by Siemens related to Positive Train Control (PTC) technology. 
On November 2, 2016, Siemens amended its complaint to add six additional patents they also claim are infringed by the 
Company’s PTC Products or End of Train (EOT) Products (Siemen Patent Case). The Company has filed Answers, and asserted 
counterclaims, in response to Siemens’ complaints.  Additionally, after filings by the Company, the US Patent & Trademark 
Office’s Patent Trail and Appeal Board (PTAB) has granted Inter-Parties Review (IPR) proceedings on ten (10) of the patents 
asserted by Siemens to contest their validity. Following pre-trial rulings that greatly reduced Siemens’ alleged damages, a jury 
trial was held in federal district court in Delaware in January 2019 on eight patents, two of which were still subject to an IPR 
decision on validity from the PTAB. At the conclusion of the trial, the jury awarded Siemens damages of $5.6 million related to 
PTC patents and $1.1 million related to EOT patents; as of February 25, 2019, a final verdict has not yet been entered by the 
Court. Since the jury’s verdict was issued, one of the PTC patents found to be infringed was held to be invalid by the PTAB, 
and a ruling on another of the PTC patents is still pending. Once a verdict is entered, the parties will file post-trial motions 
which could also potentially affect the verdict, and potential appeals could follow.

Wabtec’s initial counterclaims in the Siemens Patent Case alleging that Siemens has violated three (3) of Wabtec’s 

patents were severed from the Siemens Patent case and were re-filed by Wabtec in a separate case now pending in the federal 
district court in Delaware (Wabtec Patent Case); a trial date of April 13, 2020 has been set in this case.

On July 19, 2018, Siemens amended its pleadings in the Wabtec Patent Case to add new counterclaims alleging 
violations of federal antitrust and state trade practices laws related to Wabtec’s PTC sales. On January 29, 2019, Wabtec’s 
motion to sever the antitrust claims was granted; it is expected that Siemens will re-file the antitrust claims as a separate action 
(Siemens Antitrust Case).

Xorail, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Xorail”), has received notices from Denver Transit 

Constructors (“DTC”) alleging breach of contract related to the operating of constant warning wireless crossings, and late 
delivery of the Train Management & Dispatch System (“TMDS”) for the Denver Eagle P3 Project, which is owned by the 
Denver Regional Transit District ("RTD").  No damages have been asserted for the alleged late delivery of the TMDS, and no 
formal claim has been filed.  Xorail is in the final stages of successfully implementing a recovery plan concerning the TMDS 
issues. With regard to the wireless crossing issue, as of September 8, 2017, DTC alleged that total damages were $36.8 million 
through July 31, 2017 and are continuing to accumulate.  The majority of the damages stems from a delay in approval of the 
wireless crossing system by the Federal Railway Administration ("FRA") and the Public Utility Commission ("PUC"), resulting 
in the use of flaggers at all of the crossings pending approval of the wireless crossing system and certification of the crossings.  
DTC has alleged that the delay is due to Xorail's failure to achieve constant warning times for the crossings in accordance with 
the approval requirements imposed by the FRA and PUC.  Xorail has denied DTC's assertions, stating that its system satisfied 
the contractual requirements.  Xorail has worked with DTC to modify its system an implement the FRA's and PUC's previously 
undefined approval requirements; the FRA and PUC have both approved modified wireless crossing system, and as of August 
2018, DTC completed the process of certifying the crossings and eliminating the use of flaggers.  On September 21, 2018, DTC 
filed a complaint against RTD in Colorado state court for breach of contract related to non-payments and the costs for the 
flaggers, asserting a change-in-law arising from the FRA/PUC’s new certification requirements.  The complaint generally 

93

 
 
 
 
supports Xorail’s position and does not name or implicate Xorail. DTC has not updated its notices against Xorail nor has any 
formal claim been filed against Xorail by DTC.

On April 3, 2018, the United States Department of Justice entered into a proposed consent decree resolving allegations 
that the Company and Knorr-Bremse AG had maintained unlawful agreements not to compete for each other’s employees.  The 
allegations also related to Faiveley Transport before it was acquired by the Company in November 2016.  The proposed consent 
decree is pending review and approval by the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia.  No monetary fines or penalties 
have been imposed on the Company.  The Company elected to settle this matter with the Department of Justice to avoid the 
cost and distraction of litigation.  Putative class action lawsuits were filed in several different federal district courts naming the 
Company and Knorr as defendants in connection with the allegations contained in the proposed consent decree.  The lawsuits 
seek unspecified damages on behalf of employees of the Company (including Faiveley Transport) and Knorr allegedly caused 
by the defendants’ actions.  A federal Multi-District Litigation (MDL) Panel decided to consolidate the cases in the Western 
District of Pennsylvania, and on October 12, 2018, a consolidated class action complaint was filed in the Western District of PA 
with five named plaintiffs, three of whom were Company employees. The litigation is in its very early stages and the Company 
does not believe that it has diminished competition for talent in the marketplace and intends to contest these claims vigorously. 
The Company has filed a motion to dismiss, which is pending

From time to time the Company is involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of its operations in the ordinary 

course of business. As of the date hereof, the Company is involved in no litigation that the Company believes will have a 
material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

22.   SEGMENT INFORMATION

Wabtec has two reportable segments—the Freight Segment and the Transit Segment. The key factors used to identify 

these reportable segments are the organization and alignment of the Company’s internal operations, the nature of the products 
and services, and customer type. The business segments are:

Freight Segment primarily manufactures and services components for new and existing freight cars and locomotives, 
builds new switcher locomotives, rebuilds freight locomotives, supplies railway electronics, positive train control equipment, 
signal design and engineering services, and provides related heat exchange and cooling systems. Customers include large, 
publicly traded railroads, leasing companies, manufacturers of original equipment such as locomotives and freight cars, and 
utilities.

Transit Segment primarily manufactures and services components for new and existing passenger transit vehicles, 
typically regional trains, high speed trains, subway cars, light-rail vehicles and buses, builds new commuter locomotives, 
refurbishes subway cars, provides heating, ventilation, and air conditioning equipment, and doors for buses and subways. 
Customers include public transit authorities and municipalities, leasing companies, and manufacturers of subway cars and 
buses around the world.

The Company evaluates its business segments’ operating results based on income from operations. Intersegment sales 

are accounted for at prices that are generally established by reference to similar transactions with unaffiliated customers.  
Corporate activities include general corporate expenses, elimination of intersegment transactions, interest income and expense 
and other unallocated charges. Since certain administrative and other operating expenses and other items have not been 
allocated to business segments, the results in the following tables are not necessarily a measure computed in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles and may not be comparable to other companies. 

94

 
Segment financial information for 2018 is as follows:

In thousands

Freight

Segment

Transit

Segment

Corporate

Activities and

Elimination

Total

Sales to external customers.........................................................................................

Intersegment sales/(elimination).................................................................................

Total sales........................................................................................................

Income (loss) from operations ....................................................................................

Interest expense and other, net....................................................................................

Income (loss) from operations before income taxes .......................................

Depreciation and amortization....................................................................................

Capital expenditures....................................................................................................

$

$

$

$

$

1,564,297

54,228

1,618,525

304,832

—

304,832

39,979

26,568

$

$

$

$

$

2,799,250

17,583

2,816,833

227,939

—

227,939

64,287

59,603

$

$

$

$

$

— $

4,363,547

(71,811)

—

(71,811) $

4,363,547

(59,334) $

473,437

(105,855)

(105,855)

(165,189) $

$

5,031

7,134

367,582

109,297

93,305

Segment assets ............................................................................................................

3,774,689

9,087,026

(4,212,481)

8,649,234

Segment financial information for 2017 is as follows:

In thousands

Freight

Segment

Transit

Segment

Corporate

Activities and

Elimination

Total

Sales to external customers.........................................................................................

Intersegment sales/(elimination).................................................................................

Total sales........................................................................................................

Income (loss) from operations ....................................................................................

Interest expense and other, net....................................................................................

Income (loss) from operations before income taxes .......................................

Depreciation and amortization....................................................................................

Capital expenditures....................................................................................................

$

$

$

$

$

1,396,588

37,630

1,434,218

264,276

—

264,276

43,721

33,921

$

$

$

$

$

2,485,168

21,548

2,506,716

188,219

—

188,219

57,441

50,762

$

$

$

$

$

— $

3,881,756

(59,178) $

—

(59,178) $

3,881,756

(31,416) $

(69,016)

(100,432) $

$

2,086

4,783

421,079

(69,016)

352,063

103,248

89,466

Segment assets ............................................................................................................

3,504,289

7,562,122

(4,486,431)

6,579,980

Segment financial information for 2016 is as follows:

In thousands

Freight

Segment

Transit

Segment

Corporate

Activities and

Elimination

Total

Sales to external customers.........................................................................................

Intersegment sales/(elimination).................................................................................

Total sales........................................................................................................

Income (loss) from operations ....................................................................................

Interest expense and other, net....................................................................................

Income (loss) from operations before income taxes .......................................

Depreciation and amortization....................................................................................

Capital expenditures....................................................................................................

$

$

$

$

$

1,543,098

39,519

1,582,617

343,578

—

343,578

36,519

22,726

$

$

$

$

$

1,388,090

9,393

1,397,483

170,569

—

170,569

31,545

20,987

$

$

$

$

$

— $

2,931,188

(48,912)

—

(48,912) $

2,931,188

(57,540) $

(43,770)

(101,310) $

$

1,731

6,503

456,607

(43,770)

412,837

69,795

50,216

Segment assets ............................................................................................................

2,949,668

6,720,302

(3,088,952)

6,581,018

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following geographic area data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, 

includes net sales based on product shipment destination and long-lived assets, which consist of plant, property and equipment, 
net of depreciation, resident in their respective countries:

In thousands

2018

Net Sales

2017

2016

2018

2017

2016

Long-Lived Assets

United States .....................................................................

$

1,460,278

$

1,323,781

$

1,362,255

$

204,279

$

211,608

$

205,895

United Kingdom................................................................

Germany............................................................................

Canada...............................................................................

France................................................................................

Mexico ..............................................................................

Italy ...................................................................................

India ..................................................................................

Australia............................................................................

China .................................................................................

Brazil.................................................................................

Other international ............................................................

395,767

314,703

278,979

247,804

200,642

189,839

178,491

173,539

170,297

67,572

685,636

356,493

208,817

279,013

237,454

160,029

142,037

137,837

136,127

178,137

69,378

652,653

322,563

98,364

206,258

66,287

183,583

45,771

24,161

82,099

106,357

51,493

381,997

54,848

75,498

5,271

56,651

9,184

29,806

12,782

9,587

33,438

13,490

58,903

57,668

71,709

5,822

57,849

9,117

30,329

12,519

10,483

36,388

13,184

57,296

54,215

57,902

5,156

33,636

8,766

27,253

1,271

8,039

42,672

13,227

60,344

Total ............................................................................

$

4,363,547

$

3,881,756

$

2,931,188

$

563,737

$

573,972

$

518,376

Export sales from the Company’s United States operations were $512.5 million, $448.0 million and $470.5 million for 

the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Sales by product are as follows:

In thousands

2018

2017

2016

Specialty Products & Electronics........................................................................................

$

1,631,966

$

1,350,727

$

1,374,580

Brake Products ....................................................................................................................

Remanufacturing, Overhaul & Build..................................................................................

Transit Products ..................................................................................................................

Other ...................................................................................................................................

885,464

537,122

1,111,549

197,446

749,959

522,275

1,112,340

146,455

588,081

559,284

276,124

133,119

Total sales......................................................................................................................

$

4,363,547

$

3,881,756

$

2,931,188

96

 
 
 
23. GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The obligations under the Company's 2016 Notes, 2013 Notes and Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan are fully 

and unconditionally guaranteed by all U.S. subsidiaries as guarantors. Each guarantor is 100% owned by the parent company. 
In accordance with positions established by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the following shows separate financial 
information with respect to the parent, the guarantor subsidiaries and the non-guarantor subsidiaries. The principal elimination 
entries eliminate investment in subsidiaries and certain intercompany balances and transactions.

Balance Sheet for December 31, 2018:

In thousands

Parent

Guarantors

Non-
Guarantors

Elimination

Consolidated

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

$

1,782,682

$

(119) $

559,791

$

— $

2,342,354

Receivables, net

Inventories

Current assets - other

Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Goodwill

Investment in subsidiaries

Other intangibles, net

Other long term assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Inter-company

Long-term debt

Long-term liabilities - other

Total liabilities

Shareholders' equity

Non-controlling interest

Total shareholders' equity

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

106,815

149,622

11,884

61,513

69,116

690

978,450

626,148

103,075

2,051,003

131,200

2,267,464

51,551

25,275

24,755

487,431

283,241

2,088,028

—

—

—

—

—

—

1,146,778

844,886

115,649

4,449,667

563,737

2,396,544

6,707,979

4,022,107

—

(10,730,086)

—

29,254

8,775

78,547

1,022,079

149

100,482

—

—

1,129,880

109,406

$

$

8,873,837

264,630

$

$

4,539,999

91,004

$

$

5,965,484

$ (10,730,086) $

8,649,234

1,291,056

$

— $

1,646,690

1,947,504

(1,436,222)

(511,282)

3,779,627

—

16,945

48,714

13,147

275,036

6,008,706

(1,296,504)

1,067,957

—

—

—

—

—

3,792,774

340,695

5,780,159

2,865,131

5,836,503

4,893,583

(10,730,086)

2,865,131

—

—

3,944

—

3,944

$

$

2,865,131

8,873,837

$

$

5,836,503

4,539,999

$

$

4,897,527

$ (10,730,086) $

2,869,075

5,965,484

$ (10,730,086) $

8,649,234

97

Balance Sheet for December 31, 2017:

In thousands

Cash and cash equivalents 

Receivables, net

Inventories

Current assets - other

Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Goodwill

Investment in subsidiaries

Other intangibles, net

Other long term assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Inter-company

Long-term debt

Long-term liabilities - other

Total liabilities

Shareholders' equity

Non-controlling interest

Total shareholders' equity

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

Parent

Guarantors

Non-
Guarantors

Elimination

Consolidated

$

933

$

625

$

231,843

$

— $

233,401

77,046

120,937

1,142

59,166

46,626

563

1,030,575

575,071

120,586

200,058

106,980

1,958,075

52,532

25,274

26,492

494,948

283,242

2,151,587

—

—

—

—

—

—

1,166,787

742,634

122,291

2,265,113

573,972

2,460,103

6,517,205

2,440,665

—

(8,957,870)

—

30,575

17,414

81,037

1,092,820

(23,892)

82,838

—

—

1,204,432

76,360

$

$

6,843,058

196,827

$

$

2,914,524

77,284

$

$

5,780,268

$ (8,957,870) $

6,579,980

1,299,219

$

— $

1,573,330

2,121,546

(1,307,410)

(814,136)

1,661,771

14

54,046

20,594

4,034,190

(1,209,518)

161,518

280,175

926,776

—

—

—

—

—

1,823,303

354,815

3,751,448

2,808,868

4,124,042

4,833,828

(8,957,870)

2,808,868

—

—

19,664

—

19,664

$

$

2,808,868

6,843,058

$

$

4,124,042

2,914,524

$

$

4,853,492

$ (8,957,870) $

2,828,532

5,780,268

$ (8,957,870) $

6,579,980

Income Statement for the Year Ended December 31, 2018:

In thousands

Net Sales

Cost of sales

Gross profit (loss)

Total operating expenses

Income (loss) from operations

Interest (expense) income, net

Other income (expense), net

Equity earnings (loss)

Pretax income (loss)

Income tax expense

Net income (loss)

Parent

Guarantors

Non-
Guarantors

Elimination

Consolidated

$

671,035

$

483,058

$

3,442,229

$

(232,775) $

4,363,547

(495,090)

(304,286)

(2,462,536)

132,250

(3,129,662)

175,945

178,772

979,693

(100,525)

1,233,885

(172,978)

(57,274)

(530,196)

—

(760,448)

2,967

(110,801)

13,452

396,944

302,562

121,498

12,794

20

369,376

503,688

449,497

(100,525)

473,437

(14,228)

(7,092)

—

—

—

(766,320)

(112,235)

6,380

—

428,177

(866,845)

367,582

(7,618)

(3,299)

(64,962)

—

(75,879)

294,944

500,389

363,215

(866,845)

291,703

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

Net income (loss) attributable to Wabtec shareholders

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Wabtec shareholders

—

294,944

295,774

$

$

—

500,389

500,389

$

$

3,241

366,456

154,035

$

$

$

$

—

3,241

(866,845) $

294,944

(866,845) $

83,353

98

Income Statement for the Year Ended December 31, 2017:

In thousands

Parent

Guarantors

Non-
Guarantors

Elimination

Consolidated

Net Sales...................................................................................................... $

577,397

$

398,220

$

3,035,464

$

(129,325) $

3,881,756

Cost of sales.................................................................................................

(440,911)

(255,792)

(2,218,460)

98,720

(2,816,443)

Gross profit (loss)........................................................................................

136,486

142,428

817,004

(30,605)

1,065,313

Total operating expenses .............................................................................

(114,199)

(50,902)

(479,133)

—

(644,234)

Income (loss) from operations ...............................................................

22,287

Interest (expense) income, net.....................................................................

(76,823)

Other income (expense), net........................................................................

Equity earnings (loss)..................................................................................

Pretax income (loss) .................................................................................

10,020

416,068

371,552

Income tax (expense) income......................................................................

(109,294)

Net income (loss)..................................................................................

262,258

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest ............................

—

Net income (loss) attributable to Wabtec shareholders ............................... $

262,258

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Wabtec shareholders............ $

263,907

91,526

10,916

274

317,614

420,330

18,762

439,092

—

439,092

439,092

$

$

337,871

(30,605)

421,079

(11,977)

(1,426)

—

—

—

(733,682)

(77,884)

8,868

—

324,468

(764,287)

352,063

759

—

(89,773)

325,227

(764,287)

262,290

(29)

325,198

658,162

$

$

$

$

—

(29)

(764,287) $

262,261

(764,287) $

596,874

Income Statement for the Year Ended December 31, 2016:

In thousands

Parent

Guarantors

Non-
Guarantors

Elimination

Consolidated

Net Sales...................................................................................................... $

641,809

$

435,864

$

1,995,465

$

(141,950) $

2,931,188

Cost of sales.................................................................................................

(473,700)

(280,973)

(1,350,401)

98,125

(2,006,949)

Gross (loss) profit........................................................................................

168,109

154,891

645,064

(43,825)

924,239

Total operating expenses .............................................................................

(142,817)

(50,361)

(274,454)

—

(467,632)

Income (loss) from operations ...............................................................

25,292

104,530

370,610

(43,825)

456,607

Interest (expense) income, net.....................................................................

(38,843)

Other income (expense), net........................................................................

Equity earnings (loss)..................................................................................

Pretax income (loss) .................................................................................

25,254

322,650

334,353

9,294

(1,689)

292,184

404,319

(20,749)

(17,037)

—

—

—

(614,834)

(50,298)

6,528

—

332,824

(658,659)

412,837

Income tax expense .....................................................................................

(29,466)

(52,308)

(17,659)

—

(99,433)

Net income (loss)..................................................................................

304,887

352,011

315,165

(658,659)

313,404

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest ............................

—

Net income (loss) attributable to Wabtec shareholders ............................... $

304,887

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Wabtec shareholders............ $

305,180

—

352,011

352,011

$

$

(8,517)

306,648

203,469

$

$

$

$

—

(8,517)

(658,659) $

304,887

(658,659) $

202,001

99

 
Condensed Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2018:

In thousands

Parent

Guarantors

Non-
Guarantors

Elimination

Consolidated

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

$

(87,122) $

130,125

$

372,193

$

(100,525) $

314,671

Net cash used in investing activities

(16,808)

(2,024)

(128,455)

—

(147,287)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

1,885,679

(128,845)

120,752

100,525

1,978,111

Effect of changes in currency exchange rates

Increase (decrease) in cash

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

—

1,781,749

933

—

(744)

625

(36,542)

327,948

231,843

—

—

—

(36,542)

2,108,953

233,401

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of year

$

1,782,682

$

(119) $

559,791

$

— $

2,342,354

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2017:

In thousands

Parent

Guarantors

Non-
Guarantors

Elimination

Consolidated

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities .................................... $

(49,231) $

130,298

$

138,349

$

(30,605) $

188,811

Net cash used in investing activities............................................................

(11,156)

(3,357)

(1,018,961)

—

(1,033,474)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ....................................

58,798

(127,542)

(59,292)

30,605

Effect of changes in currency exchange rates .............................................

(Decrease) increase in cash .........................................................................

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of year...................

—

(1,589)

2,522

—

32,263

(601)

(907,641)

1,226

1,139,484

—

—

—

(97,431)

32,263

(909,831)

1,143,232

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year ....................................................... $

933

$

625

$

231,843

$

— $

233,401

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2016:

In thousands

Parent

Guarantors

Non-
Guarantors

Elimination

Consolidated

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities .................................... $

(44,611) $

142,839

$

396,127

$

(43,825) $

450,530

Net cash used in (provided by) investing activities.....................................

(829,783)

(2,653)

599,470

—

(232,966)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ....................................

876,916

(147,586)

(250,184)

43,825

522,971

Effect of changes in currency exchange rates .............................................

Increase (decrease) in cash ..........................................................................

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of year...................

—

2,522

—

—

(26,436)

(7,400)

8,626

718,977

420,507

—

—

—

(26,436)

714,099

429,133

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of year ............................. $

2,522

$

1,226

$

1,139,484

$

— $

1,143,232

24.   OTHER INCOME, NET

The components of other income, net are as follows:

In thousands

For the year ended
December 31,

2018

2017

2016

Foreign currency loss ...............................................................................................................

$

(5,745) $

(6,618) $

(4,001)

Equity income...........................................................................................................................

Expected return on pension assets/amortization ......................................................................

Other miscellaneous (expense) income ....................................................................................
Total other income, net .......................................................................................................

$

1,931

9,047

1,147
6,380

$

2,579

9,834

3,073
8,868

$

409

9,491

629
6,528

100

 
 
 
 
 
25.   SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

In thousands, except per share data

2018

First

Quarter

Second

Quarter

Third

Quarter

Fourth

Quarter (1)

Net sales ......................................................................................................................

$

1,056,177

$

1,111,680

$

1,077,814

$

1,117,876

Gross profit .................................................................................................................

Income from operations ..............................................................................................

Net income attributable to Wabtec shareholders.........................................................

Basic earnings from operations per common share ....................................................

Diluted earnings from operations per common share .................................................
2017

Net sales ......................................................................................................................

Gross profit .................................................................................................................

Income from operations ..............................................................................................

Net income attributable to Wabtec shareholders.........................................................

Basic earnings from operations per common share ....................................................

Diluted earnings from operations per common share .................................................

$

$

$

$

$

310,881

131,279

88,366

0.92

0.92

916,034

269,707

114,512

73,889

0.77

0.77

$

$

$

$

$

323,967

123,523

84,416

0.88

0.87

932,253

273,963

113,356

72,025

0.75

0.75

$

$

$

$

$

302,012

125,179

87,739

0.91

0.91

957,931

253,203

101,666

67,399

0.70

0.70

$

$

$

$

$

297,025

93,456

34,423

0.36

0.36

1,075,538

268,440

91,545

48,948

0.51

0.51

 (1) Results from the fourth quarter of 2017 include project adjustments related to prior periods which decreased income from operations by approximately 
$14.8 million. The effect of these project adjustments was not material. 

The Company operates on a four-four-five week accounting quarter, and the quarters end on or about March 31, June 30 

and September 30. The fiscal year ends on December 31. 

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WESTINGHOUSE AIR BRAKE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
For each of the three years ended December 31 

SCHEDULE II

In thousands
2018
Allowance for doubtful accounts ...................
Valuation allowance-taxes..............................
2017
Allowance for doubtful accounts ...................
Valuation allowance-taxes..............................
2016
Allowance for doubtful accounts ...................
Valuation allowance-taxes..............................

$

$

$

Balance at
beginning
of period

Charged/
(credited) to
expense

Charged/ 
(credited) to
other
accounts (1)

Deductions
from
reserves (2)

Balance
at end of
period

$

$

$

12,342
25,683

7,340
21,418

5,614
12,623

$

$

$

9,458
27,410

2,632
4,265

3,635
3,405

(360) $
—

4,513
11,314

$

4,979
—

— $

5,390

2,609
—

1,909
—

$

$

$

16,927
41,779

12,342
25,683

7,340
21,418

(1)  Reserves of acquired/(sold) companies; valuation allowances for state and foreign deferred tax assets; impact of 

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

(2)  Actual disbursements and/or charges.

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 16.

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Not applicable.

103

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly 

caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

WESTINGHOUSE AIR BRAKE
TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

Date:

February 27, 2019

By:

/S/    RAYMOND T. BETLER        

Raymond T. Betler,

President and Chief Executive Officer, and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 

persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

By

By

By

By

By

By

By

By

Signature and Title

Date

/S/    ALBERT J. NEUPAVER

Albert J. Neupaver,
Executive Chairman of the Board

/S/    RAYMOND T. BETLER

Raymond T. Betler,
President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal 
Executive Officer)

February 27, 2019

February 27, 2019

/S/    PATRICK D. DUGAN        

February 27, 2019

Patrick D. Dugan,
Executive Vice President Finance and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

/S/    JOHN A. MASTALERZ        

February 27, 2019

John A. Mastalerz,
Senior Vice President and Principal Accounting Officer 

/S/    WILLIAM E. KASSLING        

William E. Kassling,
Lead Director

/S/    PHILIPPE ALFROID        

Philippe Alfroid,
Director

/S/    ROBERT J. BROOKS        

Robert J. Brooks,
Director

/S/    ERWAN FAIVELEY        

Erwan Faiveley,
Director

104

February 27, 2019

February 27, 2019

February 27, 2019

February 27, 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By

By

By

By

By

/S/    EMILIO A. FERNANDEZ        

Emilio A. Fernandez,
Director

/S/    LEE B. FOSTER, II        

Lee B. Foster, II,
Director

/S/    LINDA S. HARTY

Linda S. Harty,
Director

/S/    BRIAN P. HEHIR        

Brian P. Hehir,
Director

/S/    MICHAEL W. D. HOWELL        

Michael W. D. Howell,
Director

February 27, 2019

February 27, 2019

February 27, 2019

February 27, 2019

February 27, 2019

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[This page intentionally left blank] 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

Albert J. Neupaver (4) 
Executive Chairman 
Wabtec Corporation 

William E. Kassling (4) 
Lead Director 

Emilio A. Fernandez (1,3) 
Vice Chairman 

Philipp Alfroid (1) 
Former Chief 
Operating Officer  
Essilor Corporation 

Raymond T. Betler (4) 
President and 
Chief Executive 
Officer 
Wabtec Corporation 

EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT 

Albert J. Neupaver 
Executive Chairman 

Raymond T. Betler 
President and 
Chief Executive Officer 

Rafael Santana 
Executive Vice President, 
President and Chief Executive Officer, 
Freight Segment 

Robert J. Brooks (1,3) 
Former Chief 
Financial Officer 
Wabtec Corporation 

Erwan Faiveley (3) 
President and Chairman 
Financiere Faiveley S.A. 

Lee B. Foster II (1,2,4) 
Chairman 
L.B. Foster Co

Linda S. Harty (1) 
Former Treasurer,  
Medtronics, Inc. 

David L. DeNinno 
Executive Vice President, 
General Counsel and 
Secretary 

Patrick D. Dugan 
Executive Vice 
President Finance, and 
Chief Financial Officer 

Scott E. Wahlstrom 
Executive Vice President, 
Human Resources 

Lilian Leroux 
Senior Vice President,  
President, Transit Segment 

Brian P. Hehir (1,2,4) 
Former Vice Chairman 
Investment Banking 
Merrill Lynch 

Michael W. D. Howell (2,3) 
Former Chief 
Executive Officer 
Transport Initiatives 
Edinburgh Limited 

(1) Audit Committee 
(2) Compensation Committee
(3) Nominating and Corporate
Governance Committee
(4) Wabtec Foundation

Dominique Malefant 
Senior Vice President and 
Global Technology Officer 

John A. Mastalerz, Jr. 
Senior Vice President of Finance, 
Corporate Controller and Chief 
Accounting Officer 

Greg Sbrocco 
Senior Vice President, 
Wabtec Excellence Program 

Timothy R. Wesley 
Vice President, 
Investor Relations and 
Corporate Communications 

BR929740-0319-10K